HP 1331A Operating And Service Manual

~

U

PERATI

l\IG

.....

,.1,,;,·:··ffi''l.·1"

..

-..

:<

,

w·f'J'

i)i - - I

AND

7 '

.·

S E

RVIC

E

MANUAL

. - '

,.

ODEL

~.c.

L

•

i"".;;;

_,_..

-Y D

1331A

IS

PLAY

)

CERTIFICATION

The He

wlett-Packard

thoroughly tested
specifications wh
Packard
ments

the

Company

are

extent

traceable to

allowed

WARRANTY

This

in
one
major
specified
prove
they
is
damages.

Hewlett-Packard

materials

year

components

to be

are

expressed

and

from

period.

defective

returned

or

and

en

Company

inspected

it

was

certifies that

and

found

shipped from

this

instrument

to

meet its published

the

factory. The Hewlett-

further certifies that its calibration measure-

the

U.S.

by

the

Bur

product

workmanship.

the

date

of

listed

We

will

during

to

Hewlett-Packard.

implied.

We

National

eau's

AND

delivery,
in

repair

calibration facility.

ASSISTANCE

is

the

operating

the

are

not

" '

Bur

eau

warranted
This

or
warranty

warranty

or,

in

replace

liable

the

No

for

of Standards

against

case

manual,

products

period

other

consequential

defects

applies

of

certain
for

provided

warranty

was

to

for

the

which

Service
available
tenance

For

any
Sales
back

and·S~rvice

of

contracts

for

Hewlett-Pa~kard

and

repair

assistance,

this

manual.

.

or

custoµier

on-site.

contact

Office.

assistance

products

your

nearest

Addresses

agreements

that

require

Hewlett-Packard

are

provided

are

main-

at

the

(

OPERATING

Refer

to

Section

Refer

to

Section

standard

options: X95, 631.

AND

MODEL

X-V

SERIALS PREFIXED: 1319A

VI I for

VII

for

SERVICE

1331A

DISPLAY

instruments

instruments

with other

with

the

MANUAL

Serial Prefi

following

xes.

(

HEWLETT-PACKARD

1900

GARDEN

ManualPartNumber01331-90903.
MicrofichePartNumber01331-90803.

OF

THE GODS

COMPANY/COLORADO

ROAD, COLORADO

SPRINGS

SPRINGS

DIVISION

, CO

LORADO, U.S

.A.

PRINTED:

MAY

1973

r

Table

of Contents

-·

Model 1331A

Section

I

GENERAL

1.

1-

4.

1­1-10.
1-1
1-14.
1-16.

1-20.

II

INSTALLATION.

2-1.
2-3
2-5
2­2-9.
2-11.
2-13.
2-17.
2-19.
2-34.
2-36.

III

OPERATION

3-1.
3-3.
3-5.

3

-7.
3-9.
3-11.

3-13.
3-

15.

IV

PRINCIPLES
4-1.

4-3.
4-5.
4-10. Secondary

12.

4­4-15
4-19
4-21.
4-23. Block
4-25.
4-27.

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cathode-ray

2.

Warranty

Available

Instrument
Inquiries.

Introdu

.

Initial

.

Preparation

7.

Claims ........

Repacking

Introduction
Controls

Applications
Preoperational

Operator's
Operating

Introdu
Variable

.
.

INFORMATION

Introdu

ction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

Tube

....

....

Accessories.

and

Manu

Identifi

Rack

Power Requirements
Power
Instrument
Monitored
Amplifier

Beam

Intensity

Operator's

The

Erase
Variable
Storage
Storage

Low Voltage
High

cation

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

........

. . .....................

ction

....................

Inspection

for

Use ...

Mounting

Connections

Cooling

Inputs

Input

...

for

Shipment

. . .

........................

.............

and

Connectors ........

Find ....

OF

OPERATION

ction

Persistence

Storage

Cycle

.......

Precautions

Diagram

Voltage Power

................

.....................

....................

Adjustments

Checks ...........

Maintenance ...

Procedur

....................

CRT

Emission

...................

Persistence . .

................

Discussion

Power

TABLE

........

................

............

al

..

..............

...............

...........

............

...........

...........

Modifications . .

..............

es

...........

and

.............

Ratio ...

...........

Supplies . . .

Supply

....

.... 1-1

. .

......... 1-1

........

..........

.......

..

........

. .

....

and

.. .. ..

Storage

........

.....

...

. . .
..

. . .

. .

. .

. .

. .

. . .

. .

P

age

. 1-1

1-1
1-1

1-1
1-3

2-1

.

2-1

.

2-1
2-1

.

2-1
2-1

.

.

2-1

.

2-1
2-1
2-2

2-5

.

2-5

.

3-1
3-1

.

3-1

.

3-1
3-1

.

3-2
3-

.

3

.

3-2

4-1

.

4-1

.

4-1
4-1

.

4-1

.

4-1

.

4-2

.

4-2
4-2

.
.

4

-2

4

-2

.

4-2

OF

CONTENTS

2

-2

Section

4-29.

4-31.
4-33.
4-35.
4-37.
4-54.
4-56.
4-64.
4-71.
4-76.
4-78
4-82.

v

PERFORMANCE

ADJUSTMENTS

5-

1.

5

-5.
5-8. Mode
5-

12.

5-

16.

5-2

0.

5-2

4.
5-28.
5-32.

6.

5-3
5-40.
5

-44.

5-47. Low

1.

5-5
5-55. Write Depth

5;5

9.
5-63.
5-67.
5-

71.

-75.

5
5-79. Store
5-83. Z-a

5-87.
5-89.

5

-91.

5-93.

X-

Z-axis Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Intensity
Control
Pulse

Detailed

Low
High

X-

Z-

.

Control
Pulse

Introduction
Performance

Deflection
Phase
Common

Bandwidth
Z-axis Amplifier
Erase
Dot
Store

Adjustment

High

Flood
Write

X-

Phase
Writing

Calibrating

Instruments
Phase
Attenuator
Input

Page

and

Y-axis Amplifiers . . . . . . .

Gat

e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Circuits................

Circuits

Circuit

Voltage

Voltag

and

Y-axis Amplifiers

axis

Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Circuits.

and

Shift

(CMRR) Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

Time

Writing

Time

Voltag

Adjustments

Voltage

Adjustment..

Gun and

Adjustments

Gun

Adjustment

and

Y-axis Amplifier

Adjustment

Shift

Time

xis

Amplifier Risetime

Adjustment.

Shift.

Signal

..

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Theory

Power

e Power

Circuits

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

CHECKS

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Erase

Checks..........

Check

Mode Rejection

Checks

Check . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Time

Check . . . . . . . . . . 5-5/ 5-6

....

. .............

e Power

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

Power

Adjustment

Collimator

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Intensity

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

...............

Adjustment

Rate

Adjustment

Adjustment..

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

Modified

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

..................

Compensation.....

Amplitudes

. . . . . . . . . .

Supplies . . .

Supply

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

AND

Checks.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Checks.

Check . . . . . . .

Supply

Supply

.............

Limit

. . .

.........

. . . . . . . 5-2

.... 5-2

Ratio

. . . . . . . 5

.... 5-7

..

. . . . . . . 5-7

Gain

.

. . . . . . . . 5-8

.......

. .

..... 5-9

. . . . . .

. 5-7

..

5-10
5-10
5-11

4-2
4-3
4-3
4-3
4-3
4-4
4-4
4-5

4-5
4-5
4-5
4-6

-1

5-1

5-4
5-4

-8

-8
5-8

5

-9

-1

-3

-3

11

Model 1331A

Table

List

of

Contents

of

Illustrations

(

Section
VI

REPLACEABLE
6-1.

6-3.

VII

MANUAL

OPTIONS.........................

7-1.
7-3.
7-7.
7-11.

VIII

SCHEMATICS

SHOOTING

8-1.
8-3.

PARTS

Introduction
Ordering

Introduction
Manual
Special

Standard

Introduction
Schematics

Information

CHANGES

Changes

Options

Options

AND

.. .. .. . .. .. .. .. ..

TABLE OF

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

AND

7-117-2

..

..

.
.
.
.

.. ..

7-117-2

"7-117-2

7-117-2
7-117-2

................

............

.............

...........

TROUBLE-

..

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

CONTENTS

Page

6-1
6-1

6-1

8-1

8-1
8-1

(Cont'd}

Section

8-8.
8-12.
8-15.
8-17.
8-20.
8-23.
8-25.
8-27.
8-30.

8-32.
8-34.
8-36.

8-38.
8-40.
8-43.
8-45.
8-47.

Page

Reference
Component
Preventive

Mechanical

Cleaning....

Switch

Repair

CRT
Semiconductor

Circuit

Board
Servicing

Heat

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3

DC Voltages
Waveforms
Trouble

Designations

Locations

Maintenance

Inspection

...................

Maintenance

and

Replacement

Removal

Replacement.....

Boards

Connections.

Boards

Sinks...

and

Removal

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3

Etched

.......................

..................

...................

.. .. .. ..

Isolation.

. . . . . . . . . .

............

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

. . . . . . . . . 8-2

Installation

and

............

. . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3

Circuit

.. . .. .. .. ..

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3

8-1
8-1
8-1
8-1
8-1

. 8-2

8-3

8-3
8-3

8-3

. 8-3

(

Figure

1-1.
1-2.

2-1.
2-2.
2-3.
2-4.

3-1.

3-2.
3-3.
3-4.

4-

1.
4-2.
4-3.
4

-4.
4-5.
4-6.

5-1.

5-2.
5-3.
5-4.

8-1.
8-2.

Title

Model 1331A
Instrument

Rack

Mounting
Ventilation
X-Y

Amplifiers

Attenuator

Main

Model 1331A

nectors
Preoperational
General Operating
Multiple

CRT

Schematic
Secondary
Erase

Cycle
Variable Persistence
Pulse

Circuits

Overall Block

Phase

Shift Trace

Erase

Waveform
Write

Depth

Adjustment

Al

Component

A2

Component

X-Y

Display

Serial

Number

.......................

Tolerances

Input

Components

Board

A5

.....................

Contro

.............................

Procedure

Procedure

Display

Procedure

.......................

Emission

...........................

Block

Diagram

.....................

......................

Waveform

Locator

Locator

Locator

.........

............

...............

Circuit

Locations

ls

and

Con-

..............

............

............

Ratio

Pulsing

Diagram

............

................

...............

................

................

LIST

..........

..........

..........

.........

OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Page

....

1-0
1-3

2-1
2-2

.

2-4

on

2-4

3-3
3-4
3-5
3-6

4-3
4-3
4-3
4-3
4-5

4-7

/ 4-8

5-3
5-4
5-7

5-11/5-12

8-4
8-5

Figure

8-3.

8-4.
8-5.
8-6.

8-

7.
8-8.
8-9.

8-10.
8-11.
8-12.
8-13.
8-14.

8-15.
8-16.
8-17.
8-

18.
8-19.
8-20.

8-2

1.

8-22.

Titl

e

Schematic,
Semiconductor

tification.

Schematic,

Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7

A3

Component
Component

A4

Component

A 7
Schematic 3 Measurement

and

Schematic,

Supply

Schematic 4 Measurement

and

Schematic, X-and

Amplifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11-8-12

Schematic 5 Measurement

and
Schematic
A6

Component

A8

Component

Schematic,

Component

A5

Schematic,
Write Mode Troubleshooting

Guide.........................

Store

Guide.

Erase

Guide..............................

±50

V Power Supplies 8-5

Terminal

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7

+158V

and

Locator

Locator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

Locator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

Waveforms............

High

Voltage

..........................

Waveforms.

Waveforms...

, Z-axis Amplifier

Locator...............

Locator...............

Control Circuits . . . . . . . . . . 8-15

Locator

Pulse

Circuits

Mode

Troubleshooting

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21 /8-22

Function

Troubleshooting

Iden-

+12.6V

................

Power

..............

Y-axis

.................

...............

. . . . . . . 8-17 / 8-18

Power

Conditions

....

Conditions

8-1118-12

Conditions

.........

8-19/8-20

8-9/ 8-10

8-9/8-10

. 8-13

Page

8-8

8-13
8-14

8-15

8-16

8-23

111

List

of

Tables

LIST

OF

TABLES

Model 1331A

Table

1-1.
1-2.

1-3.

2-1.

2-2.
2-

3.
3-1.
5-1.

5-2.

6-1.

6-2.
6-

3.

8-1.

Title

Specifications.........................

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Reference

Abbreviations.......................

X-Y

Values............

Attenuator
Z-attenuator

Definitions............................

Recommended
Performance

Low

Adjustments

Abbreviations

Parts
Replaceable
List

Schematic

Designations

Attenuator

Voltage

List...........................

of

Manufacturer's

Component

Components

Component

Test

Equipment........

Check
Power

Parts

Notes......................

Record . . . . . . 5-6a/ 5-6b

Supply

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

for

Replaceable

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

and

..................

Parts

List

Values

Codes....

. . . . 2-3

. . . . . . . 2-3

6-11

Page

1-2
1-3

1-3

2-3

3-1
5-1

5-7

6-1
6-2

/ 6-12

8-6

lV

)

c

(

Genera

l I

nformation

Model 1331A

)

1-0

Figure

1-1.

Model 1331A

X-Y

Display

1331A-A-7

)

Model 1331A General

Information

(

1-1. INTRODU CTION .

1-2.

This

manual
information
X-Y

Display (figure

eight

sections,

pect

of

the

instrument.

the

rear

of
used for reference while
manual.

1-3.

This

section
1331A.
table
viations used everywhere

Section VI.
puter
tions. Special accessories
Standard
listed

The

1-1.

Table

printout

options

and

described

provides

for

the

1-1).

each

covering a specific topic

the

manual

contains

instrument

1-3

The

parts

and

uses computer-supplied abbrevia-

available

in

Hewlett-Packard Model 1331A

The

All

and

reading

specifications

lists

and

in

list

are

Section

1-4. DESCRIPTION.

1-5.

Model 1331A
purpose
display
real time information.
makes
applications:
nuclear
swept-frequency
phase
tude

1-6.

monitor
fresh memory requirements
mesh

1

-7.

deflection

front
SISTENCE,
controls,

X-Y

digital

it

useful

spectrometer, semiconductor curve tracer,

shift

measurements,

versus

panel.

time

Identical X and

displays

type

storage

All

controls

and

These

mode (WRITE ,

and

has

storage

graphic

ERASE.

and

or

analog

as

a read-out device

measurements,

displays.

Y amplifiers provide

with

bandwidths

CRT.

required to

dot

writing

include

been designed for general-

system

computer-processed

Its

and

raster

FOCUS, INTENSITY,

operating

manual

schematics

can

a description

describes

this

in

Section VI
listed

for

VIL

high

alphanumeric

are

compensate

speed
and

STORE),

and

is

be unfolded
any

manual

in

this

instrument

monitoring.

frequency

in

frequency ratios,

displays, and

up

to 1 MHz. Re-

minimized

are

located on

SECTION

I

GENERAL INFORMATION

the

to
section for a description

servicing

1-10. CATHODE-RAY TUBE.

divided

are

part

are

this

the

into

or

lQcated

and

of

of

Model

listed

the

abbre-

except

is

a com-

section.

are

It

can

data

response

following

displays,

ampli-

storage

as-

at

the

in
in

or

1-11. Model 1331A uses a post-accelerator
CRT

with
inized P31
graticule
to

eliminate

used

eliminates

stantly
complete

1-12. WARRANTY.

1-13.

The

and

warranted

of

this
warranty.
form

is

the

CRT

warranty

return

returning
warranty

it

The
ments
tag.

1-14. AVAILABLE ACCESSORIES.

by

the

1-15.

Accessories

are

listed

for

spot

the

PER

POSITION

-

a wide
able for use

of

or request

Service Office.

range

other

paragraph

a 10.5 kV accelerating

phosphor.

is

located

refresh

CRT

instrument

manual.

The

located

fail
page, complete

with

a defective

page.

warranty

in

manufacturers.

information

on

available

of a suitable

The

on

the

parallax

specifications.

within

the

having a mutilated

table

of

with

errors.

the

need for memory devices to con-

the

display. Refer to

(except

as

stated

The

CRT

CRT

warranty

at

the

rear

the

time

the

defective CRT.

CRT

may

availab

test

HP

le for

1-2.

Hewlett-Packard also

equipment

instruments

Refer to

from

accessories

rack

potential

8 x 10 division

same

plane

as

The

mesh

type

table

the

CRT)

on

the

inside

is covered

of

specified on

warranty

is

described on

be

void for

use

the

the

by a separate

and

warranty

this

manual.

claim

The

procedure for

instru-

serial number

with

Model 1331A

and

accessories suit-

and

latest

nearest

in

this

adapter.

storage

and

alum-

internal

the

display
storage

1-1

for

is

certified

front

cover

claim

Shou

ld

the

CRT

form

and

the

CRT

has

instruments

HP

Catalog

HP

Sales

/

(

-8.

Model 1331A

1
which
blanking
is
shades

1-9. Model 1331A
ing
ments) side-by-side

adds a third

is

obtained

of

gray.

two

instruments

obtained

with

writes

+ 1 V. In-between voltages provide

is

and

stores
dimension
with-IV.

proportioned to

(any

in a standard

Maximum

HP

1330/ 1331-series instru-

shades

to

the

permit

19-inch rack. Refer

of

display.

brightness

mount-

gray
Spot

1-

16.

INSTRUMENT

TIFICATION.

1-17.

This

manual

instruments

the

on
is

the
number
is

on a tag

manual

first

group

(figure

located

with a serial

title

of

1-2).

on

AND

applies

prefix

page. The

digits

in

The

instrument

the

rear

MANUAL

directly

number

serial

the

instrument

panel.

to

Model 1331

as

prefix

number

serial

number

IDEN-

listed

serial

1-1

General

Information

Table

1-1. Specifications

Model 1331A

VERTICAL

BANDWIDTH:
PHASE SHIFT: <1° to 0.5 MHz.

SETTLING

ameter
screen movement.

DEFLECTION FACTOR

Vertlcal:

justable

Horizontal: 1 V for 10 div deflection.

adjustable

COMMON

kHz for

tween
MAXIMUM
INPUT:

shie

connection.
INPUT

Single Ended:

pF

Differential: 200k
RECOMMENDED SOURCE IMPEDANCE: <20ko

between center

from

AND

HORIZONTAL

de

to 1 MHz (3

TIME: Signal settles

of

final value

1 V

for 8 div

from 0.09 V /

from 0.09 V /

MODE

outer

differentia

ld,

shield

RC

to

ground.

shield

REJECTION RATIO: 40

differential

and

inn

INPUT: ±50V

l between

may

lOOk

ohms shunt

conductor

to

ground.

AMPLIFIERS

dB

down

at

to

within 1 spot

in

<1

µsec

for

deflection. Internally ad-

div

to 0.14 V / div.

Internally

div

to

0.14 V / div.

input

of

3V m

aximum

er

coaxial input lea

(de +

peak

ac).

center

conductor

be

gro

und

ed with

ohms shun

ed

and

ted

by

by

approx

shield; <

Z AXIS AMPLIFIER

BANDWIDTH: de
INPUT

IN

MAXIMUM
RECOMMENDED

RC

Single Ended: lOk

to

ground.

Differential: 20k

PUT:

-1

beam

full

INPUT:

between

from

shie

center
ld to

to

>5

MHz; risetime,

ohms

shunted

ohms shun

Vb

lanks

spot

on.

±lOV

SOURCE IMPEDANCE: <20k

conductor

ground.

of

any

(de +

and

ted

in

peak

approx

by

approx

by

approx

tensity;+ 1 V

ac).

shield;

1 MHz).

any

dB

to

ds.

internal

approx

80

lk

ohm

70 ns.

60

60

turns

ohms

<lk

ohm

di-

on-

10

be-

and

80

pF.

hms

pF

pF.

GRATICULE: 8 x 10

0.95 cm.
axis.

WRITING SPEED: >20

DOT WRITING
DISPLAY

Horizontal:
Vertical:

INFORMATION STORAGE

dots
BRIGHTNESS:
STORAGE

Writing Mode: 1

Store

VARIABLE

1 min.
ERASE
BEAM

of
panel

Subdivisions

LINEARITY

<5%

<5%

per

second.

TIME

Mode:15

PERSISTENCE:

TIME

: <l sec.

FINDER: returns

setting

of X and Y position

switch.

div

TIME:

difference

difference

>100

foot

minute

minutes

internal

of

0.2

div/ms.

<4

µsec.

between

RATE

lamb

min.

min

variable

beam

graticule. 1 div=

div

marked

between

erts.

.

to

any

any

: 200

from 0.2 sec to

screen

con

trols.

on

major

two div.

two div.

thousand

regardless

Rear

GENERAL

POWER

WEIGHT:

DIMENSIONS: Refer to

£11·.·-

: 115V

60W.

(11,34 kg).

NOTE1

DMC"'StONS

C>"'C~S

~ATE

OME...S10"fS

C

~TACT

HEvri.LCTT· PACKAAO

lo-

r-

--

-

-

or

230V

net,

19-112

I~

hCHES .6.ND().ILLY.ETfRS.I

ARC

APPRQX•VATE

"RE

~

-

,

6-,.:!··..

R£0v

lb

Jf

MORE

RCO

,

CO

±10%,

48

(8,85 kg);

outline

i I r

to

440 Hz,

shipping,

drawing.

approx

25

lb

TOP

,~

~1

CATHODE-RAY TUBE

TYPE: post-accelerator

era

ting

potentia

1-2

AND

CONTROLS

storage

l, aluminized P31

tube

7.5 kV acce
phosphor.

!..---

l-

'

\..J

RIGH

-T

SIOE---<

~

-

1Q""

LJ

J

~

Q

g~

<CJ)

REAR

0

Model 1331A

General

Information

(

1-18.
ment.
that

listed
Section
proper

1-19.
on

an

Check

If

Errors

enclosed

the

the

serial

on

the

VII

for

instructions

instrument

in

MANUAL

serial

prefix

title

coverage.

the

manual

prefix

number

page

of

to

are

CHANGES

number

this

adapt

1-20. INQUIRIES.

1-21.

Refer

any

questions
change
Sales
by model
serial
inside
listing

sheet,

or

the

/ Service Office.

number,

number

rear

of

CAMERA ADAPTER: Model 10366B

mounting

cover

HP

in

all

of

Sales

/ Service Offices.

of a HP

camera.

DISPLAY CABLE,

MODEL

nection between

source.
cables

The

with

cable

three

regarding

instrument

Always

complete

identify

name,

correspondence.

this

manual

Model 195A, 197A,

10488A:

the

display

has

male

and

three

BNC

of

the

instru-

is

different

manual,

this

listed

the

to

the

the

manual

under

sheet

(if

manual,

nearest

instrument

and

complete

Refer·

refer to

errata

any).

to

for a world-wide

Table

adapter

provides
or

provides

the

color-coded

connectors

intercon-

signal

coaxial

on

from

for

the
HP

the

1-2. Accessories

198A

input

each

SERIAL

Figure

end

for

Length:

PREFIX NUMBER

1-2.

the

x, y,

approx

COMPLETE

Instrument

and z inputs.

12

ft

SERIAL

SERIAL

Serial

(3.6m).

FRAME ADAPTER: a 7-inch (18 cm)

allows
by-side

FILLER PANEL: covers

only

two

Model 1331's to be

in a standard

one

Model 1331

19-inch (48
halfofa

is

in a Frame

Frame

SUFFIX

NUMBER

Number

high

mounted

cm)

rack.

Adapter

Adapter.

NUMBER

panel

7000-A-22

which

side-

when

(

A

AT

B
BT

c

CP
CR
DL
OS

A
amp
assy
amp

bd
bp

c

c

ccw

coax.

coef

com

CRT

cw

d

dB

ext

F

I
ltd

assembly

attenuator,

resistive

motor,

battery
capacitor
coupling
diode
delay
device

termination

fan

line

signaling

ampere(s)
amplifier(s)
assembly
amplitude

board(s)
bandpass

(10

coefficient

clockwise

-I

(10

external
farad(s)

-2

)

tube

)

centl
carbon
counterclockwise
coaxial

common
cathode..-ey

decl
decibel

(lamp)

Table

1-3. Reference

E
F

FL
H
J

K

L
LS
M =
MP

FET

G

gnd

H

hr

HP
Hz

If.
inti

k
lb

lpf
m

M
ms

Designators

REFERENCE DESIGNATORS

misc.

electrical
fuse
filter
hardware
Jack
relay

=

inductor
speaker

meter

mechanical

field-effect
transistor(s)

giga

(10

ground(ed)
henry(ies)

hour(s)
Hewlett-Packard
hertz

intermediate
internal

kilo

(10

pound(s)

low-pass
mllli

(10

mega

(10

millisecond

part

ABBREVIATIONS

9

)

3

)

filter(s)

-3
)

6

)

part

freq.

p

PS

Q

A

RT

s

T
TB
TP

n
nc

no.

npn
ns

p

pc

pk
pnp

p/o
p-p
prgm
prv

PS

pwv
rf

and

Abbreviations

plug

=

power
transistor
resistor

=

thermistor

=

switch
transformer
terminal

=

test

point

nano
normally

normally
negative-positive­negative
nanosecond

pico

(10
printed
circuit(s)
peak
positive-negative­positive
part

of

peak-to-peak

program

=

peak

voltage(s)

picosecond
peak

voltage

=

radio

supply

board

9

)

(1

o-

closed
open

-12

)

(etched)

inverse

working

frequency

u

v

VA

w

x

y

z

rfl
rms

rwv

SCA
sec

std
trmr
u

usec

v

var
w/

w/o

wiv

Integrated

(unrepairable)

-

vacuum
bulb,
voltage
(diode)

=

cable
socket

=

crystal

network

=

radio
interference

root

mean
reverse
voltage

=

silicon
rectifier
second(s)
standard

trimmer

micro

microsecond
volts

variable
with

without
working
voltage

circuit

tube,

photocell,

regulator

frequency

square

working

controlled

-6

(10

)

inverse

neon

etc.

3/70

1-

3/ 1-4

(

Model 1331A

Installation

(

2-1.

INTRODUCTION.

2-2.

This

section

an ini

tial
procedures
by-step order.
warranty
for

repairs

shipment

conta

inspection

and

precautions

The

procedures for making

and

are

also

ins

instructions

of

Model 1331A.

are

for

repacking

described

presented

in

this

2-3. INITIAL INSPECTION.

2-4.

The

instrument
electrically before
it

for

damage
Check for broken knobs,
and

dents

or

scratc

the

claims

packing

paragraph

material

shipment.

that

hes.

for

was

inspected

may

hav

bent

If

damage

in

this

possible

mechanically
Upon
e occurred

or

broken

is

section.

future

use.

2-5. PREPARATION FOR USE.

2-6.

Model 1331A
for use
listed
other
instrument.

as a bench

in

Section

mechanical

is

shipped

instrument

I.

The

following

and

electrical

from

the

with

specifications

paragraphs

configurations

INSTALLATION

for

performing

Installation

in

step-

a c

laim

the

insltument

section.

and

receipt,

found, refer to

inspect

in

transit.

connectors,

Retain

factory

discuss

ready

of

SECTION

for

the

as

the

II

2-9. POWER REQUIREMENTS.

2-10.

Model 1331A

230 Vac
shipped
fically ordered for 230
one

to
fuse
fuse size is

2-11. POWER CONNECTIONS.

2-12.
ment
is

equipped
when
the
and
Electrotechnical
To
from a two-contact outlet,
two-conductor
ground

2-13. INSTRUMENT

±10%,

ready

voltage

the

in

instrument

mating

preserve

to

voltage

the

fuseholder

indicated

Hewlett-Packard

panel

and

with

connected to

plug

this

at

the

power outlet.

operates

48 to 440 Hz. All

for 115

the

desired

cabinet
a three-conductor power

through

of

Commission

adapter.

Vac

Vac

operation. To

other,

set

and

on

above

recommends

be

an

appropriate

the

the

power cord

protection

Connect

COOLING.

operation

the
install

the

the

grounded. Model 1331A

offset pin.

(IEC)

feature

use

on

either

SELECTOR

rear

fuseholder.

receptacle,

meet

a three-conductor to

the

115

instruments

unless

change

the

appropriate

panel.

that

tlie

cab

grounds

The

power

International

safety

when

adapter

standards.

operating

Vac

spec

from

switch

Correct

instru-

le

that,

wire to

or

are

i-

jack

(

2-7. RACK

2-8.
can

be

one

instrument

ing

opening
a filler panel. Refer
mation

Figure

mounted

on

MOUNTING

2-1

shows

in a single

is to

in

the

the

rack

•

Figure 2-

.

how

be

rack

rack

adapter

to

Section I for

adapter

1.

Rack

one

or

rack

mounted

can

and

filler panel.

Mounting

two

instruments

adapter.

the

extra

be

closed

ordering

If

only

mount-

with

infor-

1331A·A·S

2-14.

Model 1331A

air

circulation.

inch

clearance
bottom
mounted
temperature

2-15.
ances
mounted

beneath
and
exceed

2-16.
provide
culate
maximum
Other
require

2-17. MONITORED INPUTS.

2-18
the
nectors

sources

when

in

this

must

When

mount

shown

in

this

the

instrument(s)

the

maximum

+45

degC.

The

clearances

adequate

freely

ambient

mounting configurations

additional

Input

signals

X-,

Y-,

and

on

the

must

The

instrument

at

sides

mounted

configurat

not

ed

in

figure

configurat

ventilation

across

coo

Z-axis

rear

be

20 kilohms

is

adequately

and

singly

ion,

exceed

in

pairs,

2-2B

must

ambient

indicated

all

surfaces and

temperatures

ling

measures.

to

be

displayed

amp

panel.

cooled

requires

top

(figure 2-2A).

the

maximum

+55

degC.

the

must

be

ion,

the

not

temperature

in

if

air

are

and

environments

lifi

ers

through

The

impedance

or

less.

by

normal

at

least a 2-

and

5/ 8-inch

minimum

provided.

surface

be a heat

must

figure 2-2 will

is allowed to cir-

the

not

exceeded.

are

connected to

BNC

of

The

impedanc

at

When

ambient

clear-

When

directly

source

not

specified

may

con-

signal

e

2-1

Installation

rated

in

the
inductive
center
cables

units
current.
is

to

however, a

coupling

conductor.

are

used

drawing

One

method

ground

common

the

needed to reject
and

the

center
loops
grounded.
is
ance
of

may

develop

In

these

accomplished

for Rd.

This

Model 1331A

cable

shield

and

This

or

where

or

generating

shield

noise

conductor.

when

cases, a

by

substituting

is

the

as

shipped

none,

is

especially

the

of

reducing
at

mode

common

At

satisfactory

input

from

Model 1331A

through

or

capacitive

very

little,

true

cable

is

the

input.

both

times,

routed

amounts

interference

capability

large

the

rejection

to

other

the

shield

compromise

a low

value

configuration

the

factory.

or

in

the

where

long
near

of

Sometimes,

is

the

shield

ground

is

directly

of

resist-

(Rd=

47Q)

B

Figure

from

the

BNC shield to

kilohm.
can
No

2-19. AMPLIFIER INPUT MODIFICATIONS.

2-20.

Y-,

can

Inputs

be

done

. 1250

-077

Several

and

Z-axis

be connected for
ended operation.
can

be

changed. The

be

changed.

following

2-21.

to

the x-and

paragraphs.

Deflection

BNC connectors,
ductor connected to

amplifier.
showing
input.
Re=
not
board
inputs
balanced,
pletely
B

on

2-22.

cable

the

As

shipped

100

kn,

installed

(see figure

can

both

single

figure 2-4),

Single-ended Operations. When coaxial

is

used,

2-2.

Ventilation

not

in

use

with a BNC

4).

modifications
amplifier

input

either

The

input

input

The

modifications

Amplifier

y-axis amplifiers

with

the

the

Figure

2-3

is

configuration

from

the

and Rd= 47n.

but

pads

are

2-4)

for customer

be

modified to

in

impedance

ended

large

or

anything

spurious

with

ground

must
should
shorting

can

be m

circuits.

differential

termination

attenuation

are

Inputs.

are

shield

two

inputs

a simplified

of

one

deflection amplifier

factory,

Ca;

Cb, Cc,

provided

be

fully
and

shield

in

between.

currents

Tolerances

be less

be

shorted.

plug

ade
These

described

The

through

and

center

of

a differential

Ra =Rb

and

on

installation.

differential

sensitivity,

grounded

may

T.

5111

1331A

-A-1

than

This

(HP

Part

to

the

circuits

or

single-

resistance

ratio

can

in

the

inputs

floating

con-

schematic

= 2.7n,

Cd

are

the

circuit

The

and

com-

(A

and

be

gene-

1

X-,

2-23. Differential Operation.

input

is

driven

better

to

maintain

that

is,

Re=
stituting
ential

2-24.

As

(8

a 100

balance.

X.

shipped

divisions
accomplished
INPUT.

1

changing
the
showing

shows

input

their

The

the

circuits.

the

components
ratios.
ponents

Table

and

by a balanced

balanced

Rd. As

kn

resistor

and

from

Y-axis

the

vertical

with 1 volt

attenuation

values

Figure

input

circuit
physical
required

2-2

contains

their

shipped

factory, full

and

10

of

the

2-3 is a simplified

components

locations.

for

four

Hewlett-Packard

If

the

cable,

impedances

from

the

for

Rd

restores full differ-

Amplifier

sca

divisions

input

to X

ratio

can

be

attenuator

components

Table

common

a description

part

deflection

it

is

usually

at

the

input;

factory, sub-

Attenuation

le deflection

horizontal)

INPUT

or

changed

schematic

and

figure

2-1

lists
attenuation
of

the

com-

numbers

.

is

Y

by

in

2-4

the

.

NOTE

The

2. 7

ohm

must

2-25.

Resistor

listed in

be

removed

values

table 2-1

resistor

can

shown

when

Ra

for

attenuation

be

determined

is

in

used.

figure 2-3

ratios

from

the

not
fol-

lowing formula:

Ra+

Re

Vfsd

= Re

Resistor

for 1/i

Ra + Re
maximum

duced b

pation

spacing

W, 1%,

is

metal

less

input

eca

use

limitations.

on

main

film resistors.

than

voltage

of

resistor

assembly

5 kilohms,

must

be

power dissi-

A5

is

If

the

re-

2-2

Model

1331A

Table 2-1.

X-Y

Attenuator

Component

Values

General Informat

ion

(

vfsd

Re,

Full-Scale

R

a,

Rb

Rd

Ca,

Cb

Deflection
Voltage

1 (as shipped) 0 100k 0 0

2

5

10

51.1k

82.5k

90.

Description

R:

fixed, metal film, 100k,

R:

fixed, metal film, 82.5k

R:

fixed, metal film, 51.1k ohms,

R:

fixed, metal film, 20k

ohms,

9k

1%

1/2W

ohms,

Table

1%

1%

1% 1/2W

51.1

k 5.5-18 pF

20k 5.5-18

f

Ok

2-2.

Attenuator

1/2W

1/2W

pF

0 0

Components

Par

ts

List

HP

Part No.

0757-0367

0757-0048

0757-0853

0757-0190

Approximate

Impedance

Cc,

Cd

100k

0
33 pF 102.5k

102.2k

100.9k

Input

R: fixed, metal film, 10k
R:

fixed metal film, 10k

R:

fixed, metal film, 9090

R:

fixed, metal film , 5110

R:

fixed, metal film, 1000

R:

fixed, metal film, 100

C:

variable,

C:

variable

C:

fixed, 33 pF

5-5

9-35

- 18 pF

pF

ohms,

ohms,

ohms,

ohms,

ohms,

ohms,

1% 1/2W

1%,

1/8W

1%, 1/8W

1%,

1/

1%

1/8W

1%,

1/8W

Table

8W

2-3.

Z-attenuator

Vmax R173 R175

R174 R182

1 (as

1oon

10K

shipped)

Component

cc

0

0757-0839
0757-0442

0757-0288

0757-0438

0757-0280

0757-0401

0121-0061

0121-0046

0160-2150

Values

Approximate

Input
Impedance

10.

lK

2

10

5110Q 5110Q

9090Q

1ooon

9-35

pF 10.22K

0

10.

09K

2-3

Installation

Ca

Model 1

33

1A

~

dA

CENTER

SHIELD

C>

Cc

E>~

8

R

--0

A

i

B

i

Figure

c 2.7

D

D

2-3.

~

CJ

X-Y

2.1

Ra

C•

2.7

Rb

Amplifie

Re

Rd

-=

rs

Input Circuit

Cc

Cd

1331A-A-10

"'~--;JJ

':

.-t:~~~~

:i

·?

~

·

~?~~

~

~,,~t

~

2.7

Figure

2-4.

o"o

,

o~

§~00

~o=~

l2a

Attenuator

!=

~:o

Components

00=

Locations on

Main

Board

A5

1331A-A-8

)

2

-4

(

Model 1331A

2-26.

The

approximate

pensation
the

following formula:

2-27.

from
capacitor

recalculate

If

practical

the

Cc

capacitor

formula

Ca:

value,

Ca

can

values

and

of

in

par

agrap

use the following

in

picofarads,

be

ca

cannot

h 2-25,

determined

be

attained

add

formula

of

com-

from

shunt

to

attenuation
ination
values are:

A5Rl
information
x-

and

pensation
have

impedance (<l kilohm
2-32.

plifier
main
a

resistor and

and

ground

than

the

amplifier

power dissip

ratio.

For

and

a 5:1

ratio

Ra = 60 and

75 respectively

on

compensation

y-axis

been

When

input

consideration

10

kilohms

attenuation

may

not

changed

shunting a resistance

to

change

insert

(point

are

must

ation

limitations.

example,

are

required,

Re

for

the

z-axis amplifier).

applies here,

be

required

to

produ

ce a low

).

(lower)

is

the

desired

it

between

A on figures

used,

maximum

be

reduced

when

a 75-ohm term-

the

= 15

(A5Rl

in

the

paragraphs

when

across

the

impedance, the

impedance

the

amplifier

2-3

and

input

because

Installation

resistance

74

and
The

on

but

com-

Ra

and

RC

termination

the

am-

. Select

input

2-4).

If

less

voltage

of

to

resistor

(

2-28.

Z-axis

tenuation

plifier can
A5R90
ential input
ratios
calculated

2-29.
and

quired.

2-30.

ination
normally
differential.

ended

resistance

changing

resistance
method
attenuation

the
amp

2-31.
get a certain

be considered:

ratio

be

or

A5R l

are

listed

with

If

the

10,

compensation

If

required,

Vmax

intensity

full

polarity).

Termination

resistance

100

The z-axis

and

20

can

attenuation

between

is

simple

ratio. Because
second
lifier.

method cannot

When

changing
termination

Amplifier

of

the

input

changed

74

and

is required.

in

table

the

following formula:

_

V

max

-

ratio

of

use

c =

c 13

NOTE

is

the

voltage

or

blanking

imp

of

the x-and

kilohms

kilohms

be

the

single

amp

changed

resistors,

input

because

attenuation

termination

Attenuation.

circuit

by

changing

A5Rl82

Three

2-3.

Rl82

Rl82

Ra

to

capacitor

the

following formula:

Rl82

---

Rl74

that

edance.

lifi

differential.

by eith

and

it

of

impedance,

of

or

all four

common

Other

+ R174

Rb

Cc

will produce

(depending

The

y-axis amplifiers

ended

and

er

is

10

The

er

or

conn

ground.

does

not change the

design

be used

resistor

impedance

The

the

z-axis am-

the

values

if

differ-

attenuation

values

is between 0.1

kilohms

of

considerations,

on

two

can

may

be re-

on

input

200

two methods:

ecting a third

The

things

term-

kilohms

single

termination

second

the

z-axis

values

must

and

the

at-

of

be

is

to

2-33. CLAIMS.

2-34.

The

warranty
instrument
manual.
warranty
if

operation
received,
Service Office
of

this
Office will
waiting

is

Refer to

statement.

is

notify

manual

arrange

for

settlement

printed

not

immediately

statement

inside

the

rear

of

this

If

physical

as

specified

the

carrier

for addresses).

for

repair

of

the

(refer to

and nearest

applicable

the

front

manual

damage

when

the

the

The

HP

or

replacement

claim

with

cover

for

is found

instrument

HP

list

Sales

the

2-35. REPACKING FOR SHIPMENT.

2-36.

If

the

Model 1331A

HP

Sales

/ Service Office for service

a

tag

showing

ment

serial

required.
2-37.

Use
material.
ava

ilable,
information
u

se

d.

Materials

mally

include

a.

A double-walled

test

strength.

b.

Heavy

tect

all
material
such

as

c.

At
approved, shock-absorbing m
firm

polyurethane

d. Heavy-duty

side

of

carton.

owner

number, and

the

original

If

the

original

the

HP

and

recommendations.

used

the

following:

paper
instrument
such

as

Kimp

ak around

least 4 inches

(with address), complete

Sales

for

or

polyurethane

foam.

shipping

is

to

be

shipped

or

repair,

a description

shipping

packing

/Service Office will provide

shipping

carton

sheets

surfaces;

all

of

of

use a nonabrasive

projecting

of

tightly-packed,

ate

tape

of

carton

material

on

materials

an

instrument

at

least

cardboard

or

cushioned

parts.

rial

such

for

securing

the

and

275

to

this

of

this

the

CRT

Sales

in

back

/ Service

without

carrier.

to

an

attach

instru-

service

packing

is

not

to be

nor-

pound

to

pro-

paper

industry-

as

extra-

out-

or

is

/

2-5

/ 2-6

(

Model 1331A

Operation

(

3-1.

3-2.

1331A op

tor
opera
words a

of

INTRODUCTION

This

section

era

ting

's

checks

ting

the

instrument.

and

instructions.

nd

phr

ases

contains

controls,

adjustments, and

Table

used

3-3. CONTROLS AND

3-4.

All co

ntrols

described

expl

3-5. BEAM FIND.

3-6.
to locate
due
POSITION
the

BEAM

in

anatio

n are covered

The BEAM

the beam

to

a large

FIND

and

figure 3-1.

FIND

input

controls,

cont

connectors

Controls

in

cont

when

voltage,
or a malfunction.
rol,

pro

.

an

explanation

mod

es

of

operation, opera-

step-by-step

3-1 co

ntains a list

to d

escr

ibe

the

CONNECTORS.

are

identified a

requiring

the

following

rol is a sli

it

is deflected

misadjustment

ceed

as

follows:

para

de

switch used

off

To

SECTION

OPERATION

of

Model

of

operation

nd

further

gra

phs.

screen

of

the

operate

111

Set

a.

b.

c.

visible.

d. D

to vie

e.

n

ot

operate corr

3-7. INTENSITY.

INTENSITY

Set

BEAM

Turn

ete

wing

area.

Set

A

high
period
the CRT

INTENSITY

rmine action

BEAM

inten

of

time

display

FIND

ectly

sity

FIND

with

display

can cau

area.

fully ccw.

to ON.

slowly cw

required to

to off. Model 1331A will

BEAM

over

se

burn

until

return

FIND

an

extended

damage

set

beam

beam

to ON.

to

is

Word

or

Phrase

Write

Persistence

Store

Erase

Int

ens

ity

Bloom

Backgro
illumination

Fade

und

positive

Table

3-1.

Definitions

To
display

The length
C

RT

moved

To
a

display

To

been

The

CRT.

Visible,

tortion

A light-green
tire

An increase
tens

transform

on

the

of

after

the

.

retain

, for

that

remove all

written

brightness

nonsymmetric

of a display

CRT

viewing

ity

occuring

Definition

an

input

CRT.

time a displ

writing

an

extended

has

been

displays

or

sto

red

of

a displ

written

illumination

area.

in

background

in eith

signal

signal has been re-

written

and

on the CRT.

ay

al

expansion

er

write

into a visua

ay

remains

period

of

on the CRT.

blooms that

written

on

the

CRT.

cove

ring

illumination

or

store

on

tim

e,

on the

and

the

en-

mode.

l

the

have

dis-

in-

(

Fade

negative

A decrease

or

write

sto

in

re

trace

mode.

int

ensity

occuring

in eith

er

3-1

Operation

Model 1331A

3-8.

The

INTENSITY

tens

ity from completely

ness

(cw)

in the
CRT, follow
3

-2

before
slowly
vie

wing

the

operating

until the

level

without

display

control

off

(ccw) to

write

mode. To

preoperational

the

instrument. Increase

brightness

blooming.

adjusts

maximum

avoid

procedure

is

at

the

display

damage

in
intensity

a comfortable

3-9. APPLICATIONS.

3-10. Model 1331A
of

x-,

y-,

and z-axis

and

sensitivity

in

Section I).
ferential
:

md
modified (Section
many
paragraph
cations.

or

single

amplifier

specific

in

can

be

used for

displays

specifications (refer

Furthermore,

ended),

input

termination

II)

to

applications.

Section I

the

amplifier

meet

Refer to

for

a l

within

ist

any

application

its

bandwidth

to

specifications

type

of

input

deflection factor,

impedance

the

requirements

the

description

of suggested

3-11. PREOPERATION ADJUSTMENTS
OPERATOR 'S CHECKS.

3-

12.

The

preoperational

figure 3-2.

check to verify

This

procedure

proper

procedure is

also

serves

operation

of

shown

as

an

the

instrument.

operator

in-

bright-

to

the

figure

(dif-

can

be

app

AND

of

li-

in

3-13.

3

-14.
limited to
and

on
This
surfaces
with
can
detergent.

OPERA

Operator's

the

exterior

the

exposes

a commercial
be removed

cleaning

contrast

the

and

smooth

TOR'S

maintenance

ope

rator

's

of

screen

face

of

metal

glass

with a mi

MAINT

checks

the

instrument.

for

removal

the

CRT

surfaces

cleaner.

ENANCE.

of

Model 1331A is

in

paragraph

Pull

and

for cleaning.

can

Stubborn

ld liquid

3-15. OPERATING PROCEDURES.

3-16. Fi
operating
photographs

instructions.
explained

be modified
unique

gures

3-2

procedures.

correspond

Only

in

the

or

operating

through

the

illustrations.

combined to fill a

requirements.

The

basic

3-4

contain

index

to

step

operating

These

step-by-step
numbers
numbers

techniques

techniques

wide

3-12

upward

cleaning.

Glass

be

cleaned

residues

household

on

the

in

the
are

can

variety

of

3-2

Model 1331A

Operation

(

1.

FOCUS.

2.

INTENSITY.

Paragraph

fer to

PERSISTENCE.

3.
write mode.

4.

ERASE.
from

CRT

mode only.

5. WRITE.
information

6. STORE.
for

an

extended

7.

VERT
of

trace.

8.

HORIZ
tion

of

9.

LINE

indicator.

is

applied

FRONT

Adjusts

Press

Press

Press

POSITION.

POSITION.

trace.

to

sharpness

Adjusts

3-8.

and

viewing

in

on

CRT.

in

time

Lights

instrument.

PANEL

brightness

Adjusts

release

area.

to

write

to

store

on

Adjusts

Adjusts

when

of

duration

to remove

Operates

and

input

CRT.

vertical

horizontal

operating

10

trace.

of

trace. Re-

of

trace

display

in

display

information

position

2

in

write

input

posi-

power

B A

REAR

A.

LINE.
power.

B.

FUSE. Protects
loads.

C.

SELECTOR.

115V

D. BEAM

into

E. ASTIG.

F. TRACE ALIGN.

graticule.

G. Y

plifier.

X

H.

plifier.

Connects

or

230V operation.

FIND.

viewing

Adjusts

INPUT.

INPUT.

Connects

area.

Input

Input

PANEL

instrument

instrument

power

Brings

trace

off-screen

Refer to

dot

Aligns

connector

connector

trace

to

from

current

transformer

trace

Paragraph

symmetry.

with

horizontal

for

y-axis

for x-axis

1331A-A-1

operating

over-

for

back

3-5.

am-

am-

(

10.

LINE

switch. Applies

strument.

operating

Figure

power to in-

3-1.

Model 1331A

I.

Controls

Z

INPUT.

plifier.

and

Input

Connectors

connector

for z-ax1s

am-

3-3

Operation

11,

13

1,

3
6,8

7,

2

Model 1331A

4,

5

8

1331A-A-2

1.

Set

INTENSITY,

ccw.

2.

Set

LINE

LINE

indicator

3.

Put

instrument

WRITE

Do
when
control.

4.

Adjust

brightness should
tinguished
able

viewing

5.

turned

Adjust
eas

cw.

INTENSITY

ily visible

and

switch

to ON

lights.

in

write mode by press

pushbutton.

not

allow

adjusting

INTENSITY

vary

in

full ccw position to

brightness,

control

with

minimum

PERSISTENCE

and

the

dot

to bloom

the

INTENSITY

control.

from co

as

so

display

persistence.

observe

Display

mpl

etely ex-

an

accept-

control is

dot

full

that

ing

dot

is

6.

Adjust

its
zontally
at

either

7.

Adjust
full
across
extreme

Adjust

8.
trols

9.

Apply
connector.
appear

10.

Adjust
trace

11.

Adjust
Display
of

control and

for defocused

12.

Adjust
symmetry

13.

Adjust

HORIZ

full

range.

across
extreme

VERT

POSITION

range.

CRT

of

Display

and

control.

HORIZ

to

center

display

1 kHz, 1 V p-p

This

on

CRT.

TRACE

with

horizontal

FOCUS

dot

will

focused

display

ASTIG

(roundness).

FOCUS

POSITION

Display

CRT

and

of

control.

control through

dot

will

out

of

control

dot

will

move

out

of

viewing

and

VERT

will

cause

ALIGN

dot

signa

on

as

POSITION

CRT.

l to X

horizontal

necessary

graticule

control through

be

defocused

near

at

midrange.

dot.

contro

l for

best

for

smallest

dot

move

viewing

through

area

lines.

its

full

each

display

size.

hori­area

its

vertically

at

either

con-

INPUT
trace

to

to

align

range.

extreme

Adjust

dot

3-4

Figure

3-2.

Preoperational

Procedure

(

Model 1331A

Operation

1.

Perform

3-2).

2.

Press

3.

Adjust

trols for desired

display.

4.

Press

5.

Press

6.

Press

preoperational

TO

WRITE

WRITE

INT

Excessive intensity
ence
duces
stored.

STORE

WRITE

ERASE

pushbutton.

ENS

ITY

and

brightness

NOTE

when

writing a display

the

time a display

TO

STORE

pushbutton.

TO

ERASE

pushbutton.

pushbutton.

procedures (figure

PERSI

and

and

STENCE

duration

persist

-

re-

can

be

con-

of

(

7.

Erasure
each

new

cases

where

are

to

3-4).

Figure

should

be

displayed

3-3.

take

piece

two

or

General

place

of

information,

more

pieces

simultaneously

Operating

prior

to

of

information

Procedure

writing

except

(Figure

in

1331A·A-3

3-5

Operation

Model 1331A

1. Perform

3-2).

2.

Press

WRITE

3.

After

desired

press

STORE

4.

Use HORIZ

to position
written
previously written.

Keep
write
that
tion

5.

Press

WRITE

6.

Use

HORIZ

to position

7.

Press

STORE

format

ion is written.

preoperational

pushbutton.

information

pushbutton.

and

VERT

trace

so

will

not

interfere

NOTE

write

periods short.

period reduces

previously

can

be

stored.

pushbutton.

and

VERT

trace

as

desired.

pushbutton

procedures (figure

has

been written,

POSITION

that

information

with

information

Each

the

time

written

informa-

POSITION

after

desired in-

controls

to be

controls

3-6

Repeat

8.
desired.

Figure 3-4. Multiple

this

procedure

as

many

Display

times

Procedure

as

1331A-A-4

)

(

HEWLETT

II

PACKARD

CATHODE-RAY

The

cathode-ray

Oscilloscope

,warranted

failure
tubes and tubes
under this warranty.
claim shou
claims
nearest

We
neering evaluation helps us
you.
side

for

with

Hewlett

instrument

would

Please

of

this sheet and return

tube

(CRT) supplied in

and replacement

by

the Hewlett-Packard Company against electrical

a period

ld

Hewlett-Packa rd should be processed through your

manual).

like

fill

of

one year

with

phosphor

If

the

be

made

with

-Packard Sales/Service

to

evaluate every defective

out

the

CRT

Hewlett-Packard Company

1900

Garden

Colorado Springs, Colorado

Attention:

TUBE

CRT's

from

or

CRT

the responsible carrier.

to

provide a better

Failure

it

with

the

of

the

CRT

QA

WARRANTY

your Hew

purchased

the

date

mesh burns are

is

broken when received, a

Office

(listed at rear

CRT.

Report

defective

Gods Road

CRT

80907

lett

from

of

sale.

not

All

This engi-

product

on

the reverse

to:

-Packard
hp

are

Broken

included

warranty

of

for

5950-7124

To

avoid damage
the shipping instructions below; warranty
on broken tu

It

is preferable
replacement
is

not

available, pack the

below:

1. Carefully wrap the tube in 1/4 inch
batting

2. Wrap the above in heavy

3.

Pack wrapped tube in a rigid container which

at
dimension.

4. Surround the tube
excelsior
sure

to

the

tube

while

bes.

SHIPPING

that

CRT

carton.

or

other

lea

st 4 inches larger than

or similiar

the

packing

INSTRUCTIONS

the

defective

If

the carton

CRT

soft

padding material.

with

at

shock absorbing material;

is

tight

all around the tube.

in

shipment, please

CRT

according

kraft

paper.

least 4 in ches

Thank

CRT Dep:J

credit

is

not

be

returned in the

or

packaging material

to

the

instructions

thick

cotton

the

tu

be

in

of

packed

you,

rtment

allowed

is

each

be

follow

. ,

I

HEWLETT-PACKARD

COMPANY

1900

GARDEN

OF

THE

GOOS

ROAD, COLORADO

SPRINGS, COLORADO,

U.

S.

A.

r

.........

"""-'-.__....~~

i

.......,;............-_

...

___

---.,.;;...

**

'srt'

1 !

.,

I

I (

"'I

'HU

FROM:

1.

HP

2.

HP

3. CRT

4.

Please

face below.

HEWLETT.

CATHODE-RAY

instr

ument

MODEL

instrument

SERIAL

describe the failure and, if.possibl.

SERIAL

NO.

NO.

NO.

____

TUBE

-----------------------

-----------------------

....;;._,

______

e,

PACKARD

FAILURE

....;;_

show the trouble on the appropriate

REPORT

_____________

_

CRT

I

HEWLETT

5. Warranty claimed ?

6.

HP

Sales

/Service Office

-PACK

ARD

COMPANY

1900

______

GARDEN

Yes

Of

___

THE

_ No

_

Repair

GOOS

ROAD, COLORADO

____

Order No.

_

------

SPRINGS,

COLORADO

)

, U. S. A .

t

Model 1331A

Theory

c

PRINCIPLES

4-1.

INTRODUCTION.

4-2.

This

section

the

principles

It

also

contains

1331A keyed to
block
planation
is provided

diagrams

of

contains a simp

of

variab

le

persistence

functiona

an

of

circuit

circuit functions, keyed

after

the

block

l descriptions

overall block

groups. A detailed ex-

diagram

lified

diagram

to

the

discussion.

4-3. VARIABLE PERSISTENCE

AGE .

4-4.

The

following simplified
vided to give the
overall operation

4-5.

THE

4-6.

The

storage
ventional electrostatic deflection electron
aluminized
tional electron
write

gun.

second electron

shaping

beam
collector
and
the write

4-7. The

gun

e

mit

cloud (flood electrons)

toward
collector mesh.
on
The
metallic

4-8.
and
transparent

coating

action
ing.
dielectric
the storage
tion,
Because

face drops to
flood electrons
collector mesh.

mesh, and a storage

variable

gun

flood

's

horizontal

a cloud

the

the

inside

collector

mesh

The

action

variable

consisting

takes

This

surface

material

the

storage

of

reader a better

of

the

instrument.

STORAGE

phosphor

Additionally,

persistence elements

and

of

electrons from

storage

of

persistence possible.

metallic

place

mesh

the

about

CRT

CRT

viewing surface.

gun

in a storage

gun

(called

and

accelerator grids, collimator, a

the

viewing

gun

is

located

deflection plates.

mesh by

The

collimator

the

funne
mesh
located

is

just

of

the

storage

mesh

of

a dielectric

on

the

is

called

causes

and

the

mesh

capacitive

-10

are

repelled

explanations

understanding

.

(figure

the

is

an

capacitive

is

volts.

4-1)

storage

the

mesh.

phosphor.

just

its

cathode.

shaped

the

is

a conductive

l section

electrically

behind

mesh

covered

outside

the

storage

storage

held

coupling,

In

and

contains

tube

CRT

flood gun), flood

These

are

located between

outside

Its

and

collimator

of

the

the

storage

makes

It

is

an

with

material.

surface

coupling between

surface.

at

about

the

this

condition,

collected

SECTION IV

explanation

and

storage.

of

Model

and

schematics,

AND

STOR-

are

pro-

of

the

a con-

gun

and

an

The

conven-

is

called

contains

function is to

The

accel

CRT

transparent

electrically

of

surface. The

storage

the

storage

the

write

electron

erated

and

the

coating

glass.

mesh.

storage

a special

Storage

the

coat-

In

opera

+4

volts.

sur-

the

by

the

of

to

a

-

OF

OPERATION

4-9.

The

discussion

sumed
write gun is now
energy
strikes

trons
off
electrons
ever
surface, the
loss
more positive, flood
strike
the
(and

4-10. SECONDARY EMISSION RATIO .

4-11.
curve
ratio
storage
the
electrons

ber
over
more electrons
of
than

4-1

4-

of
erase
mesh
storage
areas
is
are
mesh
released
dropped
timing
RC

14

+
mesh
face
erase

returned

­applied

Model 1331A.

that

th e write gun

is

much higher

the

storage

already

(secondary emission).

are

collected

the

write

gun

potential

of

electrons. Because

the

phosphor

pattern

stored)

storage

arriving

the

leaving,

2. ERASE CYCLE .

13.
the

pressed,

brought

, + 1

charging

volts.

to

10

volts. All

traced

on

Figure

of

is

point

storage

Figure

potentials

cycle.

is held
are

period

and

timing

4-2

the

storage

the

basis

surface

surface.

leaving

is

the

are
surface

the

4-3

Prior

at

surface

near

the

to

58

volts. When

both

storage

to

approximately-12

of

action

Capacitive

the

storage

follow

to

to

and

period,

+4 volts

these

the

storage

in

the

turned

on

the

and

called a crossover point.

secondary

to

+4

are

0 volt. When

storage

the

approximately

on, the electron

surface

the

storage

by

electron

at

gun

electrons

viewing screen.

by

the

storage

is

the

surface.

for

storage

for

erasure

The

the

storage

leaving

rises;

potential

graphica

on

the

initiation

volts.

at

-10

mesh

same

mesh

brings

coupling between

surface

rise to 0 volt.

the

and

actions

mesh

previous

was turned

than

with

The

the

collector

beam

that

point

these

write

surface.

secondary

The

of

point

where

surface

emission

than

arriving,

when

decreases.

lly

shows

storage

of

The unwritten

volts

the

and

potential as

the

ERASE

and

.5 volts.

the

causes

storage

the

are

caused

by

paragra

the

flood electrons)

suc

h force th

surface

secondary emission

strikes

rises

points

pass

In

gun

beam

emission

secondary

information

of

information

the

equals

ratio

more

the

surface during

the cycle,

and

ERASE pushbutton

the

storage surface

pushbutton

storage

During

800 milliseconds,

storage

the

At

the

mesh

storage

by

the pul

ph

off.

If

beam

(whose

at

elec-

are knock

mes

h. Wher-

the

storage

due to

have

become

through

this

manner,

is

written

ratio

emission

on

from

number

the

num-

At

a cross-

= 1.

When

the

potential

are

arriving

variations

the

storage

areas

of the

the

writte

the

collector

surface

an

erase

mesh

up

the

storage

storage

end

of

potential

surface

waveforms

se circuits

as-

th

ed

the

and

the

of

the

is

are

an

to

sur-

the

is
to

in

e

n

4-1

Theory

Model 133

1A

4-14.

After

the

erase

cycle,

previously
formation
is

ready
(with
storage
where
pass
phor

post

4-15. VARIABLE PERSISTENCE.

4-16.
in

the

on

the
persistence would
Model 1331A does
it

uses a
varied.
method
all

information
there
the

has

to

store

much

higher

surface

they

strike

through

these

viewing

accelerator.

It

is possible

CRT

so

phosphor

method
Variable
of

removing

until

the

natural

storage

been

removed

new

information.

than

crossover

in

a positive direction

the

storage

areas

and

screen

that

by

to

disable

the

write
viewing
depend

not

use

that

permits

the

gun

surface.

only

persistence

stored

written

ERASE

on

the

pushbutton

time

(in excess

and

surface. Flood electrons

are

high

on

this

CRTs

information;

storage

elapses.
4-17.

Figure
persistence
shows
The

that

shaded
unwritten
In

the

write mode,

the

storage

increased

tively
While

at

of

the

storage
electrons.
written
storage
ward 0 volt.
mesh

returns

face

drops
surface
return

to a
initial
the
and
is

potential.

ability

capture

slightly

4-18. A train
written
4-4.

The

by

varying
effect, noticible
background
mesh

is pulsed positive, flood electrons

all

areas

screen,

4-19. STORAGE.

4-20.
to

the

even

In

storage

4-4

is

obtained.

the

area

and

written

mesh

this

increased

surface

This

areas

because

mesh

and

At

to

10 volts.

return

to

potential

of

the

flood

reduced.

of

trace

as shown

persistence

the

glow

of

the

ly

exciting

store

mode,

mesh,

graphically

storage

shows

areas

short

and

the

10 volts

for

The

mesh

the

erase

storage

the

shows

left

potential

of

potential,

attract

tends

to

the

the

end

its

normal

The

unwritten

-10
slightly

This

decrease

post

gun

electrons,

erase

by

of

repetition

under

and

lower

the

capacitance

storage

of

the

level

volts

and

more

accelerator to

pulses

the

some

gradually

the

shaded

written

rate

of

conditions,

on the CRT. While

mesh

to

the

entire

erase

and

persistence

the

pulses

written

the

storage

Write

gun

energy)

only

charge

in

pulled to

potential

the

storage elements

beam

writes directly

In

such

the

type

phosphor.

mode

of

operation;

the

persistence

require

otherwise,

surface

is

pressed

of

15

how

side

of

the

is

fixed

at

of

the

storage

pulses

duration

surface

the

ciwture

the

are

applied

is

of

the

written

flood

potential

between

surface

pulse,

and

areas

negative

in

charges
the

the

storage

of

the

written

potential

the

than

reach

and

trace

brightness

erases

areas

trace

the

pulses. A side

is a light

the

pass

phosphor

surface.

are

not

(store time)

in-

surface

electrons

the

the

areas

the

phos-

on

the

a mode,

to be

some

remains

or

until

minutes)

variable

graph

+4

volts.

both

the

surface.

to

capaci-

pulse.

areas

gun

of

the
the

to-

storage

sur-

storage

areas

their

reduces

through

the

in

figure

is

varied

storage
through
viewing

app

lied

is

iimited
This
ionization
electrons.
positive
phosphor
ground
positive
mode
for

4-21. STORAGE PRECAUTIONS.

4-22.
surface,
tential.
verted
pation
electric
trace blooming.
should
ing

primarily

occurs

The

and

illumination

is

by

brief

periods

When

they

The

to

heat

rating

material.

always

occurs.

by

an

effect called

on

the

of

residual
storage

storage

surface

gas

surface

molecules

gradually

allows flood electrons to

viewing

reduced (

keeping

area

until

and

the

to

refresh

write

gun

cause a very

energy

and,

of

the

from

when

storage

The

The

intensity

be

set

below

where

the

display

store

time

flood

gun

the

electrons

this

it

exceeds

burning

the

display.

rapid
sudden

surface,

and

by

penetrate

they

increase

is obscured.
increased) in
turned

strike

increase

change
the

action

level

of

point

fade

positive.

is

caused
flood

charges

off

the

heat

burns

is

visible

the

write

where

by

gun

more

to

the

back-

Fade

stor

except

storage

in

po-

is

con-

dissi-

the

di-

as

gun

bloom-

e

4-23. BLOCK DIAGRAM DISCUSSION.

4-24.

This

discussion

the

circuit

on

the

4-25. LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLIES.

4-26.

blocks,
puts

+12.5V,

and

to it.

4-27.

4-28.
high
volts for:
volts for
post
ment,
high
trols
by

controlling

4-29. X- AND Y-AXIS AMPLIFIERS.

4-30.
and

groups

overall

This

block

block provides power to

including

at

four

de

and

+158V.

all

the

other

The

+ 12.6V

HIGH

VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY.

The

high

voltage

the

the

potentials

write

write

accelerator.

hv

adj,

and

voltage

the

power

intensity

The x-and

serve to drive
deflection plates.
trols

are

included

and

phase

shift

illust

(blocks) to

diagram,

the

high

voltages

low

supply

voltage

The

voltage

is

are

-50V

power

to

gun

cathode,

gun

grid, and

The

write

the

FOCUS

supply.

and

blanking

the

voltage

y-axis

amplifiers

the

CRT

POSITION

in

these

adjustment.

rates

the

each

other.

figure 4-6.

voltage

power

supplied: +50V,

supply

supplies

also

adjustable.

supply

operate

the

approximately

+7.5 kilovolts

gun

intensity

control

The

gate

functions

to

the

write

are

horizontal

and

BEAM

blocks

as

well

relationships

It

is

based

all

the

oth

supply.

Out

-50V,

is

adjustable

are

referenced

provides the
CRT:

-2915

-29
for

limit

adjust-

are

part

of

amplifier con-

of

the

CRT

gun

grid.

nearly

identical

and

vertical

FIND

con-

as

the

gain

of

er

55

the

the

-

)

4-2

Th

eory

WRITE
GUN

FLOOD
GUN

AQUA

DAG

COLLIMATOR

Figur

STORAGE
MESH

STORAGE--:--:
SURFACE

COLLECTOR

MESH

e 4-1.

CRT

+158
+

154

iii

t-

+

144

~

::?

x

0

a:

~I

+14

:!

+

10

w

(!)

~

+4

t-

_J

0

0

>

- 5

-

10

-

14

POST
ACCELERATOR

:i

I

1 :

I O
I O
I O

I 0

I a

•

•

Schematic

PRESS

ERASE

J

I

-

PHOSPHOR
VIEWING

SCREEN

1331A-A-12

RELE

SE

ERAS

i----1---

/ :

"'~

1.2

SEC

----<ot•

....

--

-----

----

'I/ :

,'

0

i=

~

a:

z

0

(/)

(/)

::?

t~

a:

~

0

~ -o+--+4~0

(.;

w -

"'

Figure

I

I

I
I

I

I

I

I

I

I
I

I I

1

~/

lr

~

I

---

--

h I I I

---

STORAGE

4-2.

Secondary

1

STORAGE
POTE

----

--

,

STORAGE

POTENTIAL

~-----.L-

~CROSSOVER

J

-- ---~---

+-1~5-8

_____

MESH

POTENTIAL

MESH

NTIAL

SURFACE

----

-----t -

+_1_4._4

IN

Emission

1331A-A-14

1
I

0

VOL

1331A-A-13

Ratio

TS

+

14

+

10

w

t-

~

+5

::?

x

+4

0

a:

a..

0

t~

w

(!)

~

~

- 5

0

>

-

10

Figure

Figure

4-4. V

aria

4 .

Erase

le

Persistence

Cycle

Pulsing

STORAGE
POTENTIAL

STORAGE
P

OTENTIAL

MESH

SURFACE

1331A-A-15

4-3

(

(

Model 1331A

4-31.

Z-AXIS

4-32.

The
current
mitting

4-33.

4-34.

INTENSITY

Intensity
intensity
control,
and the bl
three inputs
drive

the

of

the

blanking

other

inputs. The

ra

ng

e to drive the CRT between co

maximum

4-3

5.

CONTROL

4-36. The
and

STORE),
determine
and

determine

functions

cept

store

loc

ated on

4-3

7.

PU L

4-38.

The

timing

signals

pulse circuits

4-5. The
the

control
forms a
variable
transistor
shown
gates.
will
HI.

on

If

be

LO;

HI and
positive
designated
in

the

circuit.

AMPLIFIER.

z-axis
gain
external

gate:

the

anking

input

amplifier

required to

intensity

GATE.

is

controlled

the

de

dynamic

signa

are

summed

to

the

output

signal

gate

amplifier

brightn

control

ess.

CIRCUITS

circuits

initiate

persist

ence

of

store

time

are

controlled

time

adj,

which

the

program

SE

CIRCUITS

pulse circ

inputs

circuits

nd

de voltag

persist

switches
the

any

if

block

input

uits

for

the

mode

are

shown

are analog

and

es

ence

elements

function

diagrams

to a NOR

all

inputs

LO refer to logic

of

two different logic l

are

probably

provides

drive

the

control

by

output

from

from

l from

the

in the

gate

amplifier.

is

large enough

.

determine

the

erase

the

display

(store

by

front

is

an

board, A6.

.

provide

and

in

greater

and

digital

the

outputs are

to control

of

as

as

gate

are

LO,

states.

different

the

voltage

intensity

gate,

(z-axis modulation

three

inputs

the

INTENSITY

the

z-axis amplifier,

pul

se

circuits.

input

circuit

The

amplitude

to override

provides the

mplete

mode

dynami

cutoff

(WRITE

cycle (ERASE),

(PERSISTENCE),

time

adj). All these

panel

controls ex-

internal

the

erase

adjustment

operating and
fun

ctions.

detail

in

commands

tim

ed wave-

the

storage

the

CRT.

Some

logic c

ircuits and

NOR

(negated

is HI, the

the

HI

eve

ls.

at

different

output

The

output

will be

is the

voltages

and

per-

to

the

The
and

the

and

The

figure

from

and

of

the
are

OR)

more

points

4-39. Write Mode. See figure 4-5A. A write

mmand

co

invert
outputs
The
flood
from

the
flood
gun

4-40.

the blan
gate causes

(LO) is

er.

The

from

LO

output

gun

switch

the

pulse generator

flood

gun

gun

switch

on.

The

LO

king

app

HI output

the

write

from

in

switch) a

to

go

output

gate.

The

an

unblanking

lied

the

two

nd caus

HI.

from

HI

on

the

of the

invert

gate and

flood

gun

ways:

it

(no

pulses

es

This

turns

the

write

output

command

mode

input

er

flood

gate

inhibits

pass

the

output

the

gate

from the

(LO) to be

to

causes

gun

gate.

affects

the

input

through

of

CRT

flood

activates

blanking

the
LO

the

the

app

lied by
gate
also enabl
from
on
the

and

storage

).

4-41.

ma

nd

verter.

HI

output

-42. The

4
the pulse

The

c

th

e C

4-43.

outp

ut

the

blanking

(HI) to

blanking
causing
ax

is amplifier.

the

write

4-44.
put

of

the

pulse
hibited
of

the

c

lamped

to

apply

4-46. Erase Function. See figure 4-5C. Before

e

rase
button
pushbutton

the stor
storage

4-46.
is

manually

limit

During

circ

uits
is applied directly to
ure 4-3 a
app

lied to

ca

pacitor to

RC

timing
storage
c

harged

Prime

47.

4-

+ 158 volts is removed a

gin.
period a
erase

the

amplifier.

es

the

the

pul

se

output

of

The

LO
storage
generator

the

gate;

off. The resultant

erase

circuit to

Store Mode.

(HI) is

The

LO

from

HI

generator

flood

gun switch

RT

flood

The

HI output

of

the

amp

the

gate

gate

-49

volts to be

gun

The HI output

the

storage

generator

and

the

storage

in

the

+3.5

vol

function

must

be

applies

age

erase

See

app

lied on
output
the

output

from

write

from

input

appli

gun

accel

erator.

from the

blanking

gate

lifi

er

to apply a blanking command

amplifier.

also

operates

applied

This

deflects a

away

from

of

the

gate

to go LO.

input

pulses

gate.

LO

ts

can

do

The

outp

state caus

to

the

CRT

be

activate

pressed. When pressed,

+ 158 volts to

circuit, a

mes h.

Th

e time

set

during

closed

for

prime time; it

is

which

called

prime time, + 158 volts is

to accom

nd

erase

in

time is

When the

plish

paragraph

the

erase

be

charged

action.

Third

circuit;

this causes a capacitor

preparation

indicated

ERASE

thr

the

CRT

4-13). Second, +158

timing

in

, +158 volts

for

in

figure 4-5C

nd

These

ppr

timing

timing
oxim

ate

period is

actions create
ly 800 milliseconds long. The

indi

blanking

output

from

this permits

to

turn

pulses

are

the

CRT

figure 4-

the

gate

the

to

es

5B. A
mode i
the

inverter

and

flood
the

flood

the

amplified pulses to

write

to go LO.

The

LO

the

to

ny

stray

the

target

write

gate cau

In

to

the

storage

not

appear

ut

of

the

ing

the

stora

ge

d, the WRITE

the

nd

directly to

the

ERASE

prime

depends

applied

ee

act

ions.

storage

circuit;

preparation

another RC

pushbutton

the

RC

timing actions be-

cated

in

amp

the

the

storage

applied

storage

nput

lifier to

write

the

store

pulses

through

mesh.

to

the

the

gate

gate

com-

in-

causes

flood

gun

gate

gun

gate

enables

gun

switch.

gate causes

This

output

the

causes

of the

deflector switch,

one

side

of

the

elec

trons

from

area

of

the

CRT.

ses

the

out-

this condition

gate

is in-

at

the output
storage
storage

gate
switch

mesh.

the

push-

the

ERASE

erase

switch,

the

CRT

pushbutton

time. There

on the

First,

mesh

this

for

is

applied

is

operator

to

the

pulse

+ 158 volts

(see fig-

volts
causes
the

basi

to the

no

is

to be dis-

timing

as

time

action.

period A.

is released, the

an

erase

timing

figure 4-5C

as

a

.

x-

,

is

.

a

c

time period C.

Theory

l\1odel 1331A

4-48.

Some

of

the

waveforms

4-5C

are

A).

present

Others

are

only

present

during

only
period (time period C). Still
both

prime

plus

the

4-5

as

4-49.
output
differe
levels.
C.

One

ac

tivates

activates
4-50. Because

any

time
generator
prevent
gun

switch

output

time

erase

timing

time period
The

erase

lines.

Two

nt

circuits

Both

output

output

the

blanking

the

collimator

line

the

Model 1331A is

must

be

pulses

from

from

to

the

the erase

and

B.

switch

output

require

lines

disables

flood

disabled

being

flood

the

period

gate.
driver.

gun

not

switch

generator.
4-51.

One

input

to

the

blanking
activated
erase
period
to be LO

4-52.
the
gate
tend

RC

current
the
of a charging
the circuit
path
stabilizes
C,

the
circ
coupled to

4-53.
time period B.
apply

It

also
volts to
assure
reach

switch

C.

The

write

are

to

curve

from

output

is

pulse

uit

is

The
the

one
that

the

during

activates

This

causes

during

HI

from

gate

LO; now

LO

so

the

go

HI.

Its

because the

the

storage

of

the

capacitor.

takes

less

cut

off

and

in

its

HI

generator

turned

the

off,

CRT

output

This

blanking

causes

the

side

of

no

electrons from

target

pulse

period A.
another

the

both

the

inverter

both

output

rise to

storage

storage

current

the

output

state.

is

and

storage

of

the

blanking

causes

signal

deflector

the

x-axis amplifier.

area

of

cycle.

4-5

4.

DETAILED

4-5

5.

The
a guide to
ment

and

For

instance,

tions

as a Darlington

following

understanding

are

not a discussion

the

CIRCUIT

paragraphs

text

may

amplifier

the

indicat

prime

during

others

erase

is

initiates 3 actions

lines

are

different

go

HI

the

pulse

The

switch
in

store

during
applied
gun

accelerator.

output

of

ed

time

the

erase

are

present

cycle.

indicated

required

operating

during

generator

other

is

activated

mode,

time

through

disables

gate

was

The

HI

input

during

the

blanking

on

figure

(time period

timing
during

Prime

in

time

figure

on

because

voltage

time

period

and

output

line

(Al)

the

pulse

period C to

the

flood

The

HI

the

pulse

previously

from

the

pulse

gate

periods (pulse period B).

holds

the

output

inputs

of

the

the

erase

gate.

The

erase

As

the

until

At

the
enabled, the
the

erase

to

storage

HI

state
circuit
rising

circuit is

capacitor

, finally,

of

the

end

of

storage

pulses

the

storage

gate

will be

is

robbing

voltage

the

charges,

its

charge

storage

time

are

will

an

result

gate

period

erase

again

mesh.

gate

is

LO

during

the

(HI) to

switch

the

CRT

blanking

the

the

gate

write

during

amplifier

amplifier.

to

apply

These

the

actions

gun

erase

-49
will

THEORY.

are

functioning

of

basic

state

that

and

assume

intended
of

the

electronics.

a circuit func-

instru-

that

as

the

of

at

to

reader
usual
The
matics
the
eac
be folded

2

4-56. LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLIES.

4-57.
voltages to four

-50volts,+12.6
power
a
each of

4-58.

1331A

vac (single
Sl
former
primaries
for
current

4-59. Secondary

voltage
rectified
rectifier is filtered
former
DSl

4-60.

sample

Any

with a reference
the base
applied to

is

the

4-61.

+50

the
sample
pared
amplified
Series
direction

4-62. + 158 Volt Regulator. See

+ 158 volt power
volt power
in
reference voltage.
and
is driven
the

knows

circuits

detailed

located

appro

priate

h discussion.

out

The

low voltage power

supplies

secondary

the

de

Primary

can

be

phase,

applies

230

power to the

Tl.

SELECTOR

in

parallel

vac

operation.

from

across

by a bridg

Tl

also

and

6.3

vac

-50

Volt Regulator. See

of

the

error

is

of

AlQ4.

the

driven

by

error.

+50

Volt Regulator. See

volt

power

-50

volt

of

the

to

the

by

regulator

as

to

supply

the

+ 158

volt

applied

to

by

error.

how a

Darlington

will

be

explained

circuit

in

theory

Section

schematic

The

indicated

VIII.

at

for reference

regulated

volts,

and+

158 volts.

consist

power

outputs

Powe

operated

of a primary

circuit,

.

r.

See

from

and a regulator

48 to 440 hertz).

primary

switch

for 115

damaging

Pow

each

secondary

Line

the

er.

vac

fuse

instrument.

See

e rectifier.

and

applied

supplies

for

output

felt

at

base of

A1Q3

supply

power

output

voltage

12

the

CRT

is

selected

the

base

(developed

The

difference
A1Q3.

in

such

is

referenced to a

supply

of

the

a direction

reference voltage.

AlQ2

and

applied

QI

is

driven

correct

the

A5Ql

the

error.

supply

power

The

base

is

at

the

base

supply

difference is amplified by A5Q2

of

A5Ql.

in

such

a direction

amplifier

in

greater

is

keyed to

A reference

the

pertinent

schematic

while

reading

supplies

de

voltages;

The

power circuit,

schematic

either

115 vac,

LINE

windings

S2

connects

operation

Fl

prevents

schematic

winding

The

output

to a regulator.

vac

for

LINE

filament

.

schematic

at

the

rotor

of

A1Q5

and

by

is

amplified

Series

regulator

as

schematic

at

the

base

+50

volt

supply

The

difference

to

the

base

by

AlQl

schematic

referenced to

of

A5Q2.

is

compared

Series

regulator
as

works. Un-

detail.

the

sche-

is

made

point

may

then

the

text.

convert

+50

line

volts,

low voltage

circuit

1. Model

or

230

ON

switch

of

trans-

the

two

or

in series

excessive

1.

The

is

full-wave

of

each

Trans-

indicator

1. A

of

AlR22.

compared

Al

VR4)

and

Q2

to correct

1.

The

sample

of

A1Q2. A

is com-

of

AlQl.

in

such

2.

The

the

-50

Any

error

to

the

Q3

to

correct

to

in

for

ac

on

of

is

a

4-4

@ill

0-~SIA

+1

58 V _

__..:J

~""T"-<"-~

lsTORE

1/

-

I

~

0-

I

--j MO

!PERSIS TENCE! 6

+12.6

0

~

o-q

-+1581/

-~

L

J.9.S

li

!PERSISTENCE! 6 :

isTOREI

0-

--j MO

0

S2

A

10

I

O

S

3A

I

I

I
I

DE

S2B

1

(1

I

...

S2 A

3A

:o

I

DE

S2B

:o

INPUT

LO

ov

INPUT

HI

0.111

WRITE MOOE

A

LO

ov

STOR

MODE

-+101/

fl

ov

1-----t-1__'.

HI

+201/

LO

ov

J.J

J.Jlr-----tl-1__'.A::5:_::0::4_:2::_-•::•:...r-----•

HI

+0.71/

LO

ov

STORAGE

ERASE

A::5:_::0::4_:2::_-4::4

:...J

____

COLLIMATOR

DRIVER

A5Q50,

51

LO

X>-0;,.v~

.....

STORAGE

ERASE

COLLIMATOR

DRIVER

A5Q50, 51

HI

::X:>-+_i•_v_

...

.,

~

.,

Theory

TO

STORAGE

MESH

TO

COLLECTOR MESH

TO

COLLIMATOR

TOY

AMPLIFIER

!~~~TF~

ER

TO

STORAGE

MESH

TO COLLEC

TOR

MESH

TO

COLLIMATOR

TOY

AMPLIFIER

!~;~T~

ER

+158

!PERSISTENCE

l sTORE I

+12.61/

-~

1/

-

H

I I

! 6 :

0-

S2A

o

S3A

I

--j

MOOE

INPUT

52

8

I

0

A. PRIME TIME (TIME DURING

PUSHBUTTON

e. PRIME TI

Ce

800

MSEC

PRIME TIME

IS

ME+

STARTING

ACTIVATED

800

MSEC

AT

END

Figure

WHICH

OF

ERASE

4-5.

n ··

+5.8V

J

Lov

--.jA!-

Pulse

Ci ·cuits Block

ERASE FUNCTION

c

Diagram

1-B-.j

Ll

+20V

ov

_.,A

i.C~

.n.--

:- -

+1581/

J

Trim

+IMV

111

~-~+3.51/

----·-12.51/

TO

STO

RAGE

MESH

ro

y

AMPLIFIER

1331A1c-c-s

1331A/C-C-5

4-5

(

(

Model 1331A

4-(i:J.

+ 12.6

Regulator.

ple

of

the

output
selected
power
ference) is amplified
of
such

4-64.

4-65.
turned
winding
Q5 occurs
the
distributed
cuit.
sequently
the

4-66. A sample
by A3R8)

A

sample

power
compared
(error) is amplified by A3Q3
difference drives

tertiary
correct

4-67.
rectified by A4CR1

C

components

ting

CRT

4-68.
to
variations
the
the

4-69.

from
amplifier
switch
are
amplifier to control
CRT. A3Q9

plifier. A3Q7
A3Q10 respectively.

4-70.

A 7
accelerator.

4-71. X- AND Y-AXIS AMPLIFIERS.

4-72. See
amplifiers

plifier will

and

compared

supply

A5Q3. Series

a direction

HIGH

See

on, Q5

circuit oscillates

The

voltage

supply

winding

the

The

potentials

write

The

the

return

total

brightness

There

the

(A5Q48/ A5Q49

summed

A portion

and

at

as

VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY.

schematic

starts

of

A4Tl.

through

inductance

conduction

the

voltage

at

the

of

establishes

of

the

-2915

is

fed

with

the

error.

oscillations

on

to

gun.

output

side

in

the

voltage

of

are

INTENSITY

(schematic

and
and

and

provides

schematic
are

nearly

be

explained.

the

regulator

collector

the

the

of

A4

the

of

output

on

the

three

the
A3Q10 form a

of

See

schematic

of

the

12.6

volt

to a

sample

base

of

A5Q4.

by

A5Q4

and

Q4

is

to correct

3.

to
Positive
the

at a rate

angle

of

+50

a reference

back

reference voltage.

A4Tl

and

and

control

the

of

the

the

CRT.

potentiometer, from

composite

the

brightness

A3Q8

the

the

4.
identical,

the

When

the

conduct

tertiary

and

the

volt

base

are

A4CR2, filtered

gate

of

inputs

5),
on

are

cathode

potential

Because

through

feedback to

winding

capacitance

of

Q5 (class C)

output,

of

A3Q2.

volt

power

at

output

to

the

and

A3Q2.

of

A3Q5

in

such

stepped

A3,

and

grid

amplifier

control

the

gate

control

to

the

and

from

schematic 7).

signal

complementary

drivers

supply

only

2. A

power

applied

driven

error.

instrument

determined·

the

of

the

ba..;e

a direction

applied

and

grid

amplifier,

grid

(or

blanking)

for

the x-and

supply

of

the

-50

Any

error

to

by A5Q3

the

the

of

A4Tl

of

is

controlled

supply

base

of

high

of

A3Q3

Any

difference

The

amplified

through

up

by

by

the

as

cathode

is

connected

supply.

and

gate

amplifier:

the

the

intensity

The

drives

for A3Q9

is

tripled by

the

CRT

the

y-axis am-

sam-

is
volt
(dif-

the

base

in

is

first

primary

base

of

and

by

the

the

cir-

and

con-

by

(selected

A3Q3.

voltage

and

the

as

to

A4Tl,
Rand

opera-

of

the

Any

varies

controls

z-axis

inputs

the

gate

of

the

am-

and

post

y-axis

4-73.

The

input

stage

pairs (A5Q5A/ A5Q7

as

a differential

tion provides
the Y INPUT
amplifiers.

4-74.

Common

vides

variable

adjusting

The

4-75.
pairs

(A5Q55A/

a differential

A5

Ql

3.
differential
of

the

CRT. Vertical position

by

changing
halves
TION
shift
and
phase
amplifier is
is

of

beam

4-76. Z AXIS AMPLIFIER.

4-77. See
the input
te

control

plifier composed

A5VR8

volts;

4-78.

4-79. See
of
WRITE
time

4-80.
button
switch is
ERASE
and
applies

4-81.
button
that
WRITE
ting

The

PERSISTENCE

schematic

nects

generator.

of

control

(unequal

y-axis

shift

activated.

the x-and

cannot

nsity

gate

this

CONTROL

the

ERASE

adj

The

switch.

storage

The

switches

both

current

STORE switch,

the

the

and

gain.

vert

gain

output

pair

This

configuration

drive

the

the

differential

R7 is

amplifiers

adj

interrupted

This

y-axis

be

schematic

signal

which,

grid. The

limits

the

limits

schematic

switch

switch

+158

switch, when

circuits

ERASE

It

not

activated.

erase
volts to

WRITE

cannot

to

7.

When

store

on

and

emitter

required

the

current

emitter

Amplifier

potentiometer

stage

Ql4

and

with a common

for

the

division

adjusted. Compensation

output

deflected

switch,

applies

the

time

capacitance)

is

A5Cl3.

when

reduces

amplifiers

5.

The

to a level

in

turn,

z-axis

amplifier

of

A5Q53

collector

the

power

CIRCU

6.
the

switch

on

program

switch

will function

In
+158 volts to

circuits

the

and

that

are

be

activated

activated,

inverter,

when

control to

activated,

adj

consists

follower

amplifier

consists

A5Q55B/

of

amplifier

accomplished

The

the

off

capable

ITS.

The

assembly

WRITE mode,

storage

STORE

mechanically

control, A6R2, to

of

two

A5Q5B/ A5Q8)

pair.

This

high

input

impedance

drive for

A5Q9/ A5Q10 pro-

gain

is

A5R38.

of

two cascoded

Ql5)

current

provides

vertical

current

z-axis

drives

and

voltage

STORE

is a spring-return

on

A5Q35,

deactivated,

the

deflection

control

current

BEAM

the

control circuits

board

the

is

through

when

between

source for

FIND

gain

and

to

the

point

CRT

screen.

amplifier

of

driving

the

CRT

is a

differential

A5Q54. Zener diode

of

A5Q53 to 8.25

dissipated

switch, and

A8

A6.

only

when

the

schematic

mesh

switches

at

the

same

interrupts

on

pulse

STORE

Darlington

connected

configura-

for

the

following

controlled by

connected

the

accomplished

VERT

for

by

adjusting

switch

output

where

increases

write

by

and

the

pressing

erase

7.

of

the

are

connected

time.

the

schematic

connects

generator

switch

the

as

source,

required

plates

the

two

POSI-

phase

the

the

S3

range

the

the in-

gun

am-

A5Q53.

consist

the

the

store

push-

STORE

the

timing

It

also

CRT.

push-

so

The

opera-

the

on

con-

pulse

x-

7.

Theory

4-82. PULSE

4-83. See

wavefo

sists
A5Q32,
The

control
set

set
This
generator
paragraph.

4-85.

junction

discharg
across A5R104. The spike
multivibrator. The
erates a negative going

wide
charges to 0 volt, A5Q32
c

rms

The pulse

persistence elem

4-

84.

Pulse Generator.

of

current

the PERSISTENCE control

on

full counterclockwise, will reverse

and

disable the

more

charges

When

at

harging

4-86. invert

amplifier that
a

transistor

(A5Q36) a

4-

87.

Flood

flood

gun
are common
inv

erte

rs
of the
ca

each other.
circuits

two inputs.
of

jun

4-88.

circuit c
A5C35.
the
base
volts
6, A5CR38
jun
+4.5

A5C55 to

because A5C52
prime

l
at

use

some

A5Q35
ction

Erase

anode

of
is

ction

volts.

ease

d), A5CR38

the

pulse

A5Q48

applied

time (when

junction

CIRCUITS.

schematic

on

figure 4-5 a

circuits co

current

and

monostable

through

schematic

clockwise, A5Q31 co

A5C24

frequency

A5C24

transistor

es A5C24, a

the

collector

again

er.

switch

nd

the

Gun

gat

e (A5Q36)

emitter

and tra

circuits. Two

of

Both

because both

Both

and

of

A5R113 a

Timing

onsists

The

input

of

A5CR38

and

of the two diodes

This

the

7. Also refer to
ntrol

ents

in

the

source A5Q31,

multi

A5Q31

6.

Either

pulse generator.

faster

as

charges
A5Q32,

nd

monostable

pulse

of

to

repeat

The

inverter

functions

to

control the flood

write gate

Gate

and

amplifiers

nsistor

the

both have a common

circuits

gates

can

have co

nd

switches

function

mmon

A5R114.

Circuit.

of

A5CR38, A5CR39, A5R123,

to

the
and

and

to

the

from

the

ERASE

A5CR39

positive

base of

is

of the

already

the

and

A5CR39

A5C52

ERASE

two

nd

figures 8-21, -22,

the

CRT.

The

vibrator
is

or

and

explained

to

the

generates

triggers

A5Q33.

turns

the

cycle.

as

a logi c

(A5Q37).

and

switches

need

be

activated

erase

its

base

turn on.

rises

change

turned

diodes

the

storage and

pulse

generator

relaxation

A5Q33/ A5Q34.
determin
by

the

store

of

these controls,

As

either

nducts

the

about

off

is

more

increases

in

the

firing

transistor

a positive

the

multivibrator

10 microseconds

When

and

a co

mmon emitter

inverter

Write Gate .

the

write

gate

that

function

to control the

are

to

be

isolated

as

negated

from

inputs

two

of

turn

at

The

erase

timing

outputs

A5Q52.

switch

The

voltage

from 0

is

coupled

but

it

has

on.

At

pushbutton

off. The voltage
drops

voltages

and

variable

oscillator

ed by

either

time

when

bias

A5Q31

control

current.

the

pulse

following

point

of

conducts,

spike

monostable

A5C24 dis-

A5C24

input

on

volt

starts

and

gun

gate

(A5Q37)

as

logic

outputs

required be-

from

OR

(NOR)

either

the

collector

at

timing

circuit is

are

to the

When

+ 158

schematic

at

to

about

through

no

effect

the

end

is re-

to 0 volt

and

-23.

con-

adj

uni-

gen-

as

The

of

the

and

at

the

of

is

Model 1331A

This

negative

ping

the

volts.

Immedi
through
to c

harg

A5Q52

This

is

4-89.

Erase

A5Q39,

transistor

mits

a la
input current.
on

and
volt. When the
time

pulse is
transistors
+l.4 volts.
collector
is

one

the

other

A5CR40

+0

.6

volts.

off

and

4-

90.

Blankin

is a co

mmon

invert

er

tr

olled from
functio
The
circ
the
o
During
and
from
During the
switch
th
period; consequently,
entire erase

4·

a
switch
eit
OR (NOR
pulse
the

mode,

pulses from

off
mode,
output
(800 milliseconds),
tends
because
circuit.

1·92. Stora

.

c

ns

three

uit

erase

utput

of

its

the

e er

ase

91.

Storag

common

and

her

of

generator

write gate

the input

so

that
the

is

to

ircuit

consists

change

voltage

ately,

A5R123 towa

e A5C35 to +1.4 volts (turn

and

A5Q39) is approximately

the bas

ic

Switch.

is

a Da

switch.

rger

current

Norm

the

collector

coupled to

turn

During

of

A5Q39 to

output

its anode rise

side

is

turned

When

of

of

g Gate.

emitter

and

transistor

any

as a three-input

inputs are:

from

the

switch

the

write
write mode, all
output

write

erase

is

HI

during

timing circuit

function.

e Gate.

emitter

logic

two

inputs,

) logic

the

the

output

clamped LO.

go

HI,

current

ge

is coupled

at

the

base

the

rds

timing

negative

off

A5CR40. When A5Q39

A5Q39

cat

is

gate

amplifier

inverter.

gate.

at

at

from

pulse

outp

from

is being

Erase

of

for

The

rlington

The

Darlington

to

ally,

of

going

until

this

+50

volts.

the

erase

on and

is

s to +4.7 volts.

The bla

amplifier

switch.

of

three

the

hode

at the ano

gate

from

three

HI.

During

is

function,

prime time

is

the

The storage

it

also

The

the

collector

the

collector

the

generator

ut

is a train

the

During

both

inputs

but the

drawn

Circuit.

switch

A5Q42

through

of

A5Q52

capacitor

+50

volts.

the

erase

erase

pair

be

switched

both

transistors

A5Q39

transition

the

base

A5C35

time,

A5CR

The

switch. The

its

anode

turned

nking

that

Because

different

negated

output

of

A5CR39,

de

of

the

of

store mode, the

HI

and

the

input

HI

during

output

functioning

Because

fundions

two

inputs

of

of

write

gate

turn

write

the

are

change

by

The

and

A5C35, drop­toward

starts charging

The

time

required

on voltage. for

800

millis

cycle.

switch,

functioning

is

charges

off, A5CR40

func

of

collector

its

its

and

is

it

of

gate

erase

LO

A5Q52

configuration

with a small

are

clamped nea

of

the

of

A5Q52,

back

51

clamps

collector

OR
the erase timing

A5CR40,

the

gate,

is

A5Q33,

A5Q37.

the

pulses. In

is

the

Darlington

of

other

is

turned

is

clamped

gate,

tions

as

it

can

inputs,

(NOR) gate.

the

output

and the

of

inputs

output

from

the

the

input

erase

LO

during

A5Q41 ,

as a transistor

activated

as a negated

are: from

and

In

is

LO

and

gate

is

HI

and

timing

and

the

an

RC

storage

storage

-4.5

eco

nds.

and

as

per-

turned

r 0

prime

both

up to

the

A5Q39

is

at

on,

to

turns

A5Q48,

a logic

be

con-

it

also

of

A4Q37.
are

LO

input

is

LO.

erase

from

timing

the

is

from

the

from

write

the

on

and

store

the

period

output

curve

erase

erase

pair

a

4-6

r-

I x INPUT I

L -

-.,"'

_l

JI

Theory

I

HORIZ

0

I

I
I

I

I

•

I

I'""'.

I

I

I
I

I

I

0 I

I

I
I

POSITION I

HORIZ GAIN

• PHASE

I
I
I

VERf-----pQ$1TION

SH I FT

VERT GAIN

ADJ

rBEAMFiNO"

0

.__

-

_

-""

I

_.

,...-,

1

0N

...

I

0

n

t

-

50V

ly~N;;;;Tl

l..-

_'.....! :

J2

r

---,

Lz

~NP~T

J3

I PERSISTENCE I

I WRITE I

I

STORE

ERASE I

I

:

I

r-~,

l

_J

:

I

,---1

I CONTROL

0 -

--

-l

0-

----1=:_

I

0--------

o-----r--

I
I

STORE

TIME

ADJ

·---1-

I

I

-

L

CIRCUITS

FRONT PANEL

PROGRAM

BOARD

___

DEFLECTION

J

~

FLOOD

GRID ADJ

'f

CIRCUITS

COLLIMATOR

ADJ

I

GUN

PULSE

+50V

r

WRITE
DEPTH

ADJ

,,

' 0 I

BLANKING

-

INTENSITY

iiNTENSITY

INPUT

CIRCUIT

--

I

GATE

--

--

--

--

INTENSITY

>-----

--

FLOOD

L---J

,.'VLINE"

J4

WRITE

LIMIT

I

I

I

_J

FLOOD

GUN

COLLIMATOR

STORAGE MESH

1

~

0

0-

GUN

•

HV

1

ADJ

I

HIGH

I
I
I

I
I

I

I

I

I

Focus

0

I

I

I

0

I I
I

I

VOLTAGE I

.. POWER SUPPLY I

GUN

GRID

ACCELERATOR

,..LINE..,

L

__

Fl

.J

~

v-

--

I

WRITE

0

I

I

I
I

I

I

I

LOW VOLTAGE

POWER

GUN

WRITE
WRITE

GUN
GUN

~g.Ecf2RJ

(~

-50V

'fl'

ADJ

:

fl

+

: :

I I

SUPPLIES

FOCUS
GRID

CATHODE

12.sv
ADJ

1-----

----

1-----

+

50V

-sov
+

12.sv

+15BV

POS

I ACCELERATOR 7o5KV

I I - 1

_:]

1

·~

+ 15BV

'

~

l'"As"T1G1

t

'-'--

-50V

\

fl

FLOOD

CATHODE

~

+

12.sv

GUN

n1

t

COLLECTOR

MESH

+15BV

'

~

n

~~~

I

I

~-CRT

GI

I G

2"

+50V

i..-

1 I

- , ,

I I
I I

"T"

I I
I I

~

'

;i

r--

T RAC

I

ALIGN

--.:..J

El-

f

50V

1331A-D-I

Overall

Block

Figure

Diagram

4-7

4-6.

/4-8

Model 1331A

A5Q43/ A5Q44.
A5Q43, A5Q44,
The

waveform

to

the

button

CRT

is pressed, + 158 volts

at

storage

A5Q42. A5Q42
A5C37.
turn
A5CR42,
time, A5CR43
applied to
button
allowing
begins to
A5R141.
of
emitter
A5CR43
A5C37
and
diode
following
erase
the
again

This

causes

on,

clamping

and

A5CR43)

is

the

storage

is

released, + 158V

A5Q42

charge

The

rising

A5CR43

and

follower, A5Q43/ A5Q44 (A5CR42

are

biased

rises

to

back

A5CR42

junction

timing

storage

applied

one

gate

turn

at

junction

period,

to

4-93. Collimator

consists
emitter
mator
so
paths
function
and
age
because
the
surface
erasure
are
tion
mation
electrons to
where
face
output
output
to

of

common

follower A5Q50.

in

the

CRT

that

they

arrive

perpendicular

of

the
stable
for

application

best

collimation.

the

collector

flood electrons,

behind

will

not

deflected

of

the

collimator

during

by

the

arrive

they

can

normally

of

+93

volts

from

the

shaded

the

collimator

during

collimator

take

flood

In

write

and

A5CR42

the

collector

mesh. When

and

A5CR52

A5Q43, A5Q44,

the

to

turned

mesh.

and

A5CR52 to

toward

voltage

A5R136

on).

bias

A5Q43;

off,

clamping

about

drop

the

pulse

is

enabled

the

CRT

Driv

er.

emitter

is

to

at

the

to

the

of

the
During

mesh

there

will be

the

collector

place

the

collector

driver

erase

function.

at

the

storage

those

by

the

erase

switch

driver

the

erase

and

store

modes, A5Q42,

are

all

turned

of

A5Q41 is

the

ERASE

is

applied

turn

diode
about

off

because

When

is

removed from A5R138

the

+ 158

is coupled

through

Finally

+14

volts

lower.

generator

and

storage

The

amplifier

The

purpose

shape

storage

storage

driver

is to

precise

is

placed

areas

mesh

because

mesh.

is

to

This

areas

collector

goes

to

timing

to

on,

discharging

and

juntion

-14

volts.

+ 158 volts is

the

ERASE

turn

off. A5C37

supply

to

the

the

the

charge

the

Darlington

the

voltage

with

At

the

the

erase

mesh

.

collimator

A5Q51

of

the

flood electrons

mesh

surface.

permit

collimator

the

erase

in

the

on

the .storage

where

the

flood electrons

The

second func-

cause

causes

surface

on

the

at

storage

mesh.

HI,

it

rise

from

period.

the

A5CR42 to

Darlington

the

end

is

pulses

in

undercolli-

When

causes

off.

The

applied

push-

base

of

(A5CR41,

At

this

push-

through

)unction

and

across

pair

at

the

output

of

the

enabled,

are

driver

and

the

colli-

parallel

The

first

accurate

volt-

function,

path

of

complete

the

flood

an

angle

sur-

the

the

+65

volts

4-94.

Flood

consists
plifier /
When

is

as
accelerator.

of
A5Q45
goes
on

of

switch

the

input

HI

(A5Q36

an

amplifier

A5Q46

is

and

HI

and

constantly.

common

When

turns

4-95. Deflector

co

nsisting
designed to
put.
A5Q59
of

A5Q59
point
a

blanking

plifier,

of

cause a large

Normally,

are

turned

is

the

on

the

y-axis

command

the

command
switch. A5Q5 7
on.

This

applies
amplifier,
from
target
from
write

4-96.

fier co
Its

only

4-97.

unbalancing

the

write

area

of

being

degraded

gun.

Blanking

nsists

function

Unused

(pulse circuits)

struments.

matic 7 that

There

have
driver A5Q40
a

nd

associated
1331A
wh
designed,
between
application

although

en

installed

is

the

to

LO

of

Gun

Switch.

emitter

A5Q46,

and

to A5Q46 from

turned

and

off),

the

applies

A5Q36

grounded.

This

A5Q46 off.

the

flood

gun

Switch.

The

A5Q57, A5Q58,

voltage

A5Q57

off.

normal

is

turned

The

voltage

amplifier

is

applied

is

also

turns

off

and

-49

volts to

it

and

gun

to

be

deflected

the

CRT.

This

by

spurious

Amplifier.

of

common

is to

emitter amplifier A5Q49.

inv

ert

Circuitry.

is

used

in

other

are

some

no

function

and

relay

A5Kl

components

it

functions

in

the

instrument

cause

a 15

to

the

output

LO

to

of

the

The

flood

amplifier

emitter

pulses

is

follower A5Q47.

the

flood

entire

circuit

to

turned

grounds

The

output

the

on,

the

accelerator

deflector

and

A5Q59,

change

on

and

voltage

from

on

the

its

(schematic

to

the

blanking

applied

A5Q58

causing

one

to

and

side

the

of

any

away

prevents

stored

emissions

The

blanking

the

blanking

Main

Assembly

Hewlett-Packard

circuits

has

as

shown

in

Model 1331A.

are

not

used. A5Q38

no

effect

designed. Its

for

which

30 microsecond

the

write

gate

storage

gate.

gun

switch

A5Q45, am-

gun

gate

functions

flood

gun

the

base

output
of
is

of

A5Q47

turned

switch,

is

a circuit

at

its

out-

A5Q58

and

collector

connecting

4).

Any

time

am-

deflector

A5Q59

the

turn

y-axis
electrons
from

the

images

from

the

am

pli-

command.

A5

in-

on

sche-

Relay

on

Model

purpose

it

was

delay

and

the

,

Model 1331A

Perform

ance Che

ck

(

5-1.

5-2.
for

chec
formance

procedures for
covered following
A
co

5-3.

perform
obtain
procedures
sho
furth
in

INTRODUCTION.

This

section contain

checking

in

Section I

k record) is

t

aken during

photograph showing

ntr

ols is lo

Th

uld be fou

er. R

Section

Model 1331A

of

this manual. A table

checks

the

making

cated

e procedures

as

specified.

the

desir

ed

or

the adjustment

nd and

efer

to the

VIII

of

provided

for

reco

first

running

all

the

performance

the locations

at the e

result

this

nd

assume

Should

durin

corrected before

instructions

manual.

SECTION

PERFORMANCE

s step-by-step procedures

specifications

(perfo

at

the

end

of

rdi

ng

the

measurements

of

the

procedure. The

internal

of

that

adjustme

check

procedures.

of all adjustme

this

section.

the

instrument

there

be a failure

g e

ith

er

the checkout

procedures,

on

troubleshooting

Table 5·1. Recommended Test Equipment

CHECKS

as

shown

rman

ce

the

per-

nts

are

nt

will

to

the

cause

proceeding

V

AND ADJUSTMENTS

5-4.

Test

sect

ion

is

le

nt

to

that

vid

ed

it

has

table.

For

equipment.

equipment
list

ed

recommended

the

best

required for

in

table 5-1. Tes

required

results, u

procedures

t e

may

be

characteristics

se

rece

ntly calibrated

5-5. PERFORMANCE CHECK.

5-6. The following

determine

to
li

sted
These
inspection, as
ca

libr

mad

e.

separate

5-7. The

nter

e

if

in

the

specifi

procedures can be used

ation

after

Any

one

ly,

if

desir

first

the

results

paragraphs desc

the instrumen

cation tab

a periodic op

repairs

of

the

following

ed.

time the

performance checks

on

the

t meets

le l

ocated

as part

erat

ion

al

or adjus

performance

tme

chec

quipment

substituted,

listed

ribe

procedures

the

specifications

in

Section

of

an

incoming

test,

or to check

nts

have

ks

can

be

are

check record

in

this

equiva-

pro-

in

the

test

been

made

mad

I.

e,

.

(

In

strument Recommended Required

Type

Oscilloscope

Vertical

Amplifier

me

Base

Ti

Digital Voltmeter

Wave

Sine

Square

Generator

Pulse Generator

Oscillator

1000: 1

50: 1 Divider Probe

Generator

Wave

Divid

er

Probe

Model Characteristics For

HP

140A

HP

1420A 1 V /div, 70-

HP

1402A de to 100 kHz

HP

3439A with -50V

3444A

plug-in

HP

6518 10

HP211B 1000

HP

8004A 250 Hz to 500

HP

204C

HP

K05

-3440A

HP

10002A

Hz

width,
5

Hz

Divid
Accuracy: ± 3%

2.5 pF capacitance Performance checks

ns

risetime Performance checks

to

+158V, 0.05% Adjustments

to 5

MHz,

3V p-p Performance checks

Hz,

lV

p-p Adjustments

kHz

, 1 usec pul

±2V p-p amplitude ,

to

500 kHz,

e ratio: 1000 : 1 Adjustments

3V p-p Performance checks

2V

se

offset

Required

Adjustments

Adjustments

Performance checks

Adjustments

Adjustments

Adjustments

5-1

Performance

Check

Model 1331A

Remove
Be s ure
the

5-8.

the

to

record for

MODE

record

enter

and

the

instrument

file

it

for

identification.

AND ERASE CHECKS.

5-9. Specification. Model 1331A

write

and

store

mod

es.

The

erase
pletely
erase

5-

10.

obliterate

function

Equipment

sha

.

any

ll

display

have

no

in

effect

None.

5-

11.

Proce

dur

e.

a.

Set

Model 1331A co n trols

STORE..................................

INTENSITY.....

PERSISTENCE
POSITION

b.

Turn

dot

shall

appear

c.

Press

d.

Turn

INTENSITY

on

WRITE

INTENSITY

......................

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(HORIZ

and

cw,

VERT)

then

CRT.

pushbutton.

cw

appears.

future

serial

shall

function

write

in

as

follows:

. . . .

ccw.

until

display

reference.

number

operate

shall

mode.

store

centered

No

display

on

in

com-

The

mode.

In

ccw

CCW

dot

on

the

tion

shall

cause

5-14.

:i-16.

a.

b.
square
shall

be

c.
INPUT. CRT

d.

grap

h 5-67).

5-16. PHASE SHIFT CHEC

5-

17. Specification.

and

y-axis

CRT. A l V p-p

an

8-d

iv

Equipment.

Square

wave

Procedure.

Set

Model 1331A

WRITE..
INTENSITY

....................

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PERSISTENCE
POSITION

Connect

wave

10

Move

(HORIZ

1-kHz 1 V p-p

generator

div

±0.3 div.

output

deflection

If

nec

essary,

amplifiers

(±3%)

generator.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ccw

to X INPUT.

of

square

perfo

Phase

shall

500 kHz.

signal

vertical

controls

and

VERT

wave

shall

rm

gain

K.

shift

be

less

at

the Y INPUT

deflection.

as

follows:

.... ........

as

required

).

. . .

centered

square

CRT

wave

deflection

generator

be 8

div ±0.

24

adjustment (para-

betwe

en

than 1 degree

the

In

from

to

Y

div.

x-

at

Use

e.

TROLS

bright

f.
pushbutton.
15

min

for

small

side

0.5

g.

There

h.

i.

pushbutton.

5-12. DEFLECTION CHECKS.

HORIZ

to

move

trace

that

Repeat

Trace

utes

with

amount

div

of

Press and

shall

be

Press

Repeat

Display

WRITE

and

dot

all

slowly fades.

step e and

shall

no

discernable

of

allowable

viewing

area.

release

no

effect

pushbutton.

step e and

sha

VERT

around

immediate

remain

ERASE

on

display.

immediate

ll

be

NOTE

The deflec
ments
been modified

tion

checks

whose input

as

attenuators

described

II.

5-13.

Specification. A 1 V p-p

INPUT shall cau

se

a 10-div

POSITION

CRT.

Dot

shall

ly

press

STORE

on

CRT

for

at

degradation,

degradation

PUSHBUTTON.

ly press

completely

app

ly

to

have

in

ERASE

erased.

instru-

not

Section

signal at

(±3

%) horizontal deflec-

CON-

leave

least

except

on

out-

the X

5-18.

Equipment.

Sine

wave

generator.

5-19. Procedur

a.

Set

WRITE . .

e.

Model 1331A controls

................................

INTENSITY
PERSISTENCE.

put

POSITION

b.

Apply

of

-sine

500 kHz,

wave

(HORIZ

generator

INPUT. Separation

scree

n s

hall

not exc

c.

If

necessary

(paragraph

5-20.
CHECK.

5-2

1. Specification.

and

y-axis
common-mode
less

than

than

5-71).

COMMON

amplifiers

3V

10 kHz.

MODE

differential-input

p-p

as

follows:

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

and

VERT

).

. . .

1 V p-p

of

resultant

eed 1.2

perform

REJECTION RATIO (CMRR)

Th

e rejec

shall

with

frequency

sine

wave

to

both X INPUT

ellipse

minor

div

phase

shift

tion

ratio

be

at

least

signal

equal

(see

40 dB for a
equal to

m

as required

CCW

centered

from out-

and

Y

at center

figure 5-1).

adjustment

of

the

x-

or

to

or

less

5-2

(

Model 1331A

5-27.

b.

Oscilloscope.

Procedure.

a.

Set

Model 1331A

contro

ls

Pe

rforman

as

follows:

ce Check

Figure 5-

Specification applies only to

ments
Refer

5-22.

Equipment.

a.

Sine

b. Oscilloscope.

5-23.

Procedure.

a.

Set

WRITE

INTENSITY
PERSISTENCE.
POSITION

~0.24---.j

DIVISIONS

1.

Pha

se

Shift

Note

connected for

to

Section II.

wave

generator.

Model 1331A

..................................

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(HORIZ

differential input.

controls

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ccw

and

VERT

I

Tra

as

follows:

)....

ce

instru

1331AIC·A·

as

required

centered

WRITE
INT

...........

ENSITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PERSISTENCE.
POSITION

b.

Apply

to X

INP

UT.

on

16

-

in

CRT.

c.

Using

plitude

d.

of

sine

Change

to 1 MHz.

e.

Adjust amplitude

noted

in

step

f.

Observe

equal

or

exceed 7.07 div.

Cha

g.

INPUT.

h. R

Adjust

epeat

i. Observe deflection on

equal

or

exceed 5.65 div.

5-28. Z-AXIS AMPLIFIER CHECKS.

(HORIZ

10-

kHz o

Adjust amplitude

oscilloscope,

wave

frequency

c.

deflection on CRT. Deflection

nge

output

amp

steps

..

. .

...................

. .

..

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

and

VERT

)_

utput

of sine wave generator

as

..

. . . ccw

. . . centered

in

required

for 10-div deflection

at

INPUT.

measure and

of

sine

at

INPUT

wave

to

mat

note

am·

generator

ch

that

shall

of sine

wave generator

to Y

litude for 8-div deflection on CRT.

c,

d,

and

e.

CRT. Deflection

shall

b.

Place

shorting connector

c.

Apply

between

with

oscilloscope

Observe horizontal

d.

flection

e. Move

wave

generator

f.

Observe vertical deflection

sha

ll be

5-24. BANDWIDTH CHECKS.

5-25.

Specification. Ba

and

y-axis

3

dB

at 1 MHz.

5-26.

Equipment.

a.

Sine

shorti

sha

ll

be

shorting conn

equa

l to

amplifiers

wave

10-kHz

ng

connector

and

equal

to Y

or less

gen

output

adjust

to

or

INPUT.

than

ndwidth

shall

erato

r.

deflection

ector

be

on X INPUT.

of sine wave

and

chass

amp

litude to

on

less

than 1.5

and

outp

on CRT.

1.2

minor

div.

of

both the

down

not

generator

is.

Monitor

3V p-p.

CRT. De-

minor

ut

of sin

Deflection

more

than

div.

x-

5-29.

Specification. Risetime

plifier shall

s

hall

shall

tive th
driven to ma
to

or less than

:>-.'W.

be

equa

be e

qual

to or

be

blanked

an

-IV
ximum

1 V

Equipment.

at

l to

or less

greater

by a

voltage

the Z INPUT. The

brightn

at

the

Z I

of

than

than

equal

ess

by a voltage

NPUT.

the

Z-axis

70 ns.

5 MHz.

to

or l

CRT

am·

Bandwidth

The

CRT

ess

nega-

shall

be

equa

l

e

a.

Pulse

generator.

b.

Os

cilloscope.

c.

Sine wave

d. 50

:1

31. Procedure.

5-

a.

Turn

b. Disable

conn

ecting

generator.

divider probe.

LINE

switc

high

voltage

collector l

ead

h to off.

power

supply by

to Q5 (blue wire to A3).

dis-

5.3

Performance

Check

Model 1331A

c.

Turn

LINE

switch

d.

Set

Model 1331A co

STORE.....

INTENSITY

...

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PERSISTENCE.
POSITION

e.

repetition
pulse
pulse
pulse

f.

g.

scope to

Set

Apply

Use

int

(HORIZ

pulse

generato

rate

.......................

width

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 usec

polarity

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . positive

amplitude.

output

50:1

ensity

of

divider

gate

h. Increase output
tensity
is m
shall

until amplitude
Risetime
shall

gate output

axi

mum.

be

equal

i. Reduce

and

be

equal to

(as

Amplitude

to

or less

amplitude

of

intensity

fall

time

or less

edge overshoot equal to

j.

Set INTENSITY

Set

negat

k.

polarity

ive.

of

to ON.

ntr

ols

as

follows:

..........................

CCW

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

and

r co

VERT)..

ntr

ols

as

follows:

..

ccw

centered

50 kHz

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.25V p-p

pulse

generator

probe to connect

out

put

(collector

of

pulse

monitored

of

pul

se

than

1 V p-p.

of

pulse

gate

is

of

intensity

than

70

or

less

than

to Z

INPUT.

oscill

of

A3Ql0).

generator

on

until

oscilloscope)

generator output

generator

just

below c

gate

ns,

output

with

output

lipping

pulse

leading

0.75V.

fully cw.

pulse

generator

output

in-

to

in

o-

5-32. ERASE

5·33. Specification.

1331A
This
(T

.").:/-/.

can

is

on

figure 5-2) is l

Equipment.

ass

TIME

be
ured

CHECK.

The

erase

accomplished

by

verifying th

ess

than

in l

function
ess

at

than

the

of
1 second.

erase

850 milliseconds.

Model

cycle

a. Oscilloscope.

b. Pulse

5-35. Procedur

a.

WRITE

INTENSITY
PERSISTENCE.
POSITION

b.

(w

hite

-yellow-violet

c.

button. Observe waveform

.

shall

be

generator.

Set

Model 1331A

..................................

Connect

Press

equa

and

l to

e.

contro

ls

as

follows:

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ccw

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(HORIZ

oscilloscope to

wire

release

or

less

and

on A5).

(quickly)

similar

than

850 msec.

~

VERT)

CRT

ERASE

to figure 5-2. T

T -.I

....

storage

1n

CCW

centered

mesh

push-

I

+ 1

58

v - - -

I

I

Adjust

I.

un

til

negative
output just
ou

tput

sha

m. Discon n

n.

Apply

wave

generator

o.

Adjust

front

panel

at

intensity
tude with
plitude

ou
outp
Freque

lector

p.

tput

ut

q.

r.

of

In
until
drops

ncy

Turn

of

Q5 to A

If

necessary, perform z-ax

adjustment

5-4

amplit

ude

of

clamps.

ll

be

excursion
equa

ect

Ampl

l to

pulse

of

or

50-kHz, 0.25V p-p sine

to Z

INPUT.

amplit

ude

INTENSITY

gate

output

no

clipping
intensity
crease

amp

frequency

litude of

to 70.7%

shall

be

gate

equ

control

that

at

output.

sine

of

amp

al

to

Model 1331A

3.

(paragrap

h 5-83).

pulse gen

pulse

itude of

less

than

generator

of

sine

to

is

of

top

or

bottom. Note am-

of

sine
wave
litude noted

or

greater

off

and

is

erator

at

intensity

pulse

generator

1 V p-p.

from Z

wave

from

wave

output

obtain

sine

maximum

wave

generator

at

intensity

in

than

reconnect

amplifier

output

gate

INPUT.

sine

and

wave

ampli-

gate

step

o.

5 MHz.

col-

risetime

+3e5V

5-36.

5-37.

eqr.al
by

applying
and
cat

ion time.

5-38.

a.

b.
c.

noting

- -

Fil{ure 5-2.

DOT

WRITING TIME CHECK.

Specification.

to

or

less

Dot

than

4 microseconds.

a 4 microsecond pul

that

dots

are

Equipment.

Sine

wave

generator.

Osc

ill

ator.

Pulse

generator.

Erase

writing

written

Waveform

time

This

se

to

the X INPUT

during

1331A/

shall

is

assured

pulse

C-A-

14

appli-

be

c

Model 1331A

5-

39.

Proce

dur

e.

a.

Set

Model 1331A controls

WRITE

INTENSITY
PERSISTENCE
POSITION

b. Apply 70-Hz, 1 V p-p

w

ave

generator

c.

Apply 1-Hz,

or

to Y INPUT.

lat

d.

..................................

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ccw

(HORIZ

to X

Set

pul

se

generator

as

follows:

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cw

and

INPUT

IV

p-p

VERT)

sine

.

sine

cont

rols

....

wav

wave

as

follows:

centered

e from

from oscil-

in

sine

15

minutes

sib

le

degradation

area.

5-42.

Equipment.

Oscillator.

5-43. Proce

a.

Set

WRITE..
INTENSITY
PERSISTEN
POSITION

, except for a

in

dur

e.

Model 1331A controls

............................

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cw

(HORIZ a

small

out

er 0.5 division

nd

VERT

Performance

amount

as

of

of

follows:

as

)...

. centered

....

required

Check

permis-

viewing

in

rep

et

iti

on

rate......................

width

pulse
pulse
Pulse

e.

Connect

INPUT.

f.

Pr

ess

g.

Momentarily swit
tive, then
over
degradation
of

graticu

h.

(paragraph 5-75).

5-40. STORE TIME CHECK .

5·41. Specification.

main

back

entire

le.

If

necessary, perform writing rate adju

without

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 us

amp

litude. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V

polarity.

and

CRT viewing

is permissible

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . n

output

rel

to

discernible

of

ease

ERASE

ch pulse

negative. Dots shall

area. A sma

Any

pulse

pus

in

the

pattern

degradat

1000 Hz

ega

tiv

generator

hbutton.

amp

litude to posi-

ll

outer 0.5 division

stored shall re­ion for

be
amo

to

written

unt

stment

at

least

l

ator

e

cally a

Z area.

co

mpl

main

of

STORE

sha
tive fade. A
sible in

(paragraph

b.

Connect 5-Hz

to Y

INPUT

c.

Using

POSITION

nd

position

d.

Press

and

e.

Using

HORIZ

etely across C

vis

ible at l

f.

Repeat

pushbutton and n ote condition

Wait

g.

ll be

h.

15 minutes,

as

noted

sma

the oute

If

necessary, perfo

5-79).

, 1 V p-p

.

it

horizon tally just

release

eas

steps

in

ll amo

r 0.5 division

ERASE

POSITION

RT

viewing

t 60 seconds.

c, d, and e.

step f

unt

controls, ce

then

with
of degrada

rm

sine

wave from oscil-

nter

trace

off

CRT viewing

pushbutton.

control, sweep

area.

Trace

Immedi

observe trace.

no positive or

of the graticule.

sto

re

tim

tion

e a

ately pre

of trace.

is

djustment

verti-

trace

shall

Tra

neg

permis-

re-

ss

ce

a-

(

5-5/5-6

(

(

I

:

Model

1331A

PERFORMANCE CHECK RECORD

1331A

Instrument Serial

Number------

Performance

Date---------

Chec

k

Check

MODE

AND

Write
Store

se

Era

write
store mode

ERASE

mode

DEFLECTION

x-axis
y-axis

PHASE

SHIFT

Trace separation

COMMON MODE REJECTION

x-axis amplifier
y-axis amplifier

RATIO

.

(CMRR)

Specification

Bright

display

~1

5

minutes

Era

ses

No eff

ect

10 ±0.3 div
10 ±0.24

~

~1.

~

1.2

minor

5

minor

1.2

minor

div

div

div
div

Measu

red

(

BANDWIDTH

x-axis

amplifier

y-axis

amplifier

Z-AXIS AMPLI Fl

Maximum
Risetime and
Minimum
Bandwidth

ERASE

DOT

STORE

TIME

Erase

cycle

WRITING

Z

INPUT

pulse

TIME

Pattern stored

TIME

ER

falltime

width

~

7.07

~

5.65

~1V

70

~1V

5

MHz

~8

50

~4

usec

~

15

minutes

div
div

p-p
ns
p-p

msec

:5-6a/ 5-6b

(

(

Model 1331A

Table

5-2. Low Voltage

Power

Supply

Adjustments

Adj

ustments

Voltage Ripple

-50

±0.02V

+50 ±lV

+158

±4V

+12.6

±0.

lV

5-44. ADJUSTMENT.

5-45.

The

following

to calibrate
specified
entire
sequence;
following
graphs.
illustration

5-46.
calibrated
specified
plete, check
ing
section.

in

adjustment

individual

the

Adjustment

at

Use a nonmetallic

test

in

the

performance

Model 1331A

Section

steps

table

instrument

paragraphs

I.

procedure

outlined

controls

the

end

equipment

5-1.

For

adjustments

of

this

After

performance

checks described

describe

so

that

it

complete

should

can

in

the

appropriate

are

shown

section.

screwdriver

with

characteristics

adjustments

<2

mV

p-p

<2

mV p-p

<50

mV

p-p

<1.5

mV

p-p

procedur

will perform

calibration,

be

followed

be

made

para-

on

a fold-out

and

recently

are

com-

by

accomplish-

earlier

in

es

as

the

in

by

as

this

Test

Point
A5Jl-4
A5Jl-2
Q3-E (red lead)
Q4-E (bl

5-53.

Equipment.

a.

Digital

b.

1000:1

5-54.

Procedure.

a.

Monitor

divider probe

Multiply voltage

b.

Monitor

c.

(yellow wire

d.

Adjust

equal

to

result

ack

lead)

voltmeter.

divider

-50V

and

digital

output

on

A3).

h v

adj

obtained

probe.

power

voltmeter.

reading

of

high

A3R8 to

in

step

Adju

AlR22

none
none
A5Rl8A

supp

from

voltage

achieve

b.

stme

ly

using

step a by

power

voltage

nt

1000:1

supp

reading

58.3.

ly

(

NOTE

The

following

are

for

instruments

tors

have

not

in

Section

for

instructions

fied

instruments.

5-47. LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY ADJUST­MENTS.

5-48.

Reference.

and

5-2,

and

figure 5-4.

5-49.

Equipment.

Digital

5-50.

Procedure.

checks
first

because

volt power supply.

5-51.

HIGH

MENT.

5-52.

Reference.

figure 5-4.

voltmeter.

as.shown

other

VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY ADJUST-

adjustment

whose

input

been modified

II. Refer to

on

Schematics 1 and

Make

in

table

outputs

Schematic

paragraph

calibration

voltage

5-2.

Make

are

3,

procedures

attenua-

as

described

5-87

of

modi

2,

tables

adjustments

-50V

adjustment

referenced to

table

5-1,

-

5-1

and

-50

and

5-55. WRITE DEPTH ADJUSTMENT.

5-56.

Reference.

5-3,

and

figure 5-4.

5-57.

Equipment.

Oscilloscope.

5-58. Procedure.

a.

Set

Model 1331A controls

WRITE...................

INTENSITY
PERSISTENCE.
POSITION

Schematic

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ccw

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(HORIZ

and

7,

table

as

...............

VERT).

-,-

PULSE

HEIGHT

+3e5V--l

Figure

5-3. Write

Depth

Waveform

5-1, figure

follows:

in

ccw

. . . centered

1331A/C-A-13

5-7

w,_,,..

&io-1

Adjustments

b.

Verify

that

c.

Connect

(white-yellow-viol

d.

Note

waveform

write

depth

adj

mately

5-59. FLOOD
JUSTMENTS.

5-60.

9.5V p-p.

Refer

ence.

figure 5-4.

5-61.

5-62.

Equipm

No

Procedur

a.

WRITE.
INTEN

ent.

ne.

Set

Model 1331A

...............

SITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PERSISTENCE.
POS

ITI

ON

bright

dot

oscilloscope to

et

wire on A5

similar

A5Rl8B

GUN

e.

Sch

for

AND

emat

contro

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ccw

(HORIZ

and

does

not

appear

CRT

storage

).

to figure

pulse

height

COLLIMATOR AD -

ic 7,

tab

ls

as

follows:

..

................

le 5-1,

VERT)....

on CRT.

5-3.

of

approxi-

as

required

centered

mesh

Set

and

in

The

write

is in a

high

justed

with

b.

Set

write

Do

not

permit

lowing

adj

result.

c.

Connect

and

A3Cl2.

Set

d.

INTENSITY

digital voltmeter.

e.

Observe CRT.
A3Rll
CRT;

to

then

point

back

WARNING I

gun

intensity

voltage

an

insulated

gun

intensity

spot

ustment

digital

voltmeter

Set

where

spot

down

limit

circu

it

tool.

to bloom

s;

CRT

for

indi

write

just

until

spot

Model 1331A

adjustment

and

must

be ad-

limit

A3Rll

during

damage

to

junction

cation

gun

fol-

may

of

of

intensity

becomes visible

just

disappears.

fully cw.

A3R23

+7V

on

limit

on

b.

Set

collimator

that

is,

make

CRT

viewing

c.

Set

flood

background

or

edges.

d.
where
(one

or

Set

collimator

pattern

more

illumination

Ignore dimples

Repeat

e.
greatest
viewing

5-63. WRITE

MENT

6-04.

.

Ref

and

area.

erence.

figure 5-4.

6-fi.5_

Hquipm

Digital voltmeter.

:)

-(j(j_ Procedure.

a.

Set

Model 1331A co

adj

A5Rl8D

background

area

and

gun

illumination

generally

grid

adj

A5Rl8C

without

adj

A5Rl8D

edge

just

touches

corne

rs

may

extend beyond

at

center

top

and

steps a and d several

most

GUN

Schematic

ent.

uniform

INTENSITY

brightness

3,

ntrols

to overcollimate;

smaller

rectangular.

for br

dimming

to

gratic

exact

ule p

corners

erimeter

perimeter).

bottom

tim

of

graticule.

es

to

over

LIMIT

table

ADJUST-

5-1, a

as follows:

than

ightest

point

obtain

entire

nd

5-67.

X-

AND

Y-AXIS

JUSTMENT.

.i-fi8.

H.

eference

ure 5

-4.

6-fi.9.

};quipm

Square

.i-70. Procedur

a.

Set

WRITE...

.

Schematic

ent.

wave

generator

e.

Model 1331A controls

..................

INTENSITY.......

PERSISTENCE....................

POSITION

(HORIZ

b . . Apply 1-kHz,

wave

generator

c.

Set

zonta l deflection

d. Move

to X

horiz gain

on

CRT.

output

INPUT.

INPUT.

e.

Set

vert

gain

deflection

on

CRT.

AMPLIFIER GA IN AD-

.

..........

and

i V p-p

square

A5R71 for

of

square

A5R38 for

4,

table 5-1,

as

follows:

.............

...

and

as

required

....

fig-

in

ccw

VERT) . . . . centered

wave

from

square

exactly

wave

exactly

10

div

generator

8 div

vertical

hori-

to Y

WRITE..................................

INTENSITY
PERSISTENCE.
POSITION

____

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 o'clock

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ccw

(HORIZ a

5-8

nd

VERT)

..

. .

in

centered

5-71. PHASE SHIFT ADJUSTMENT.

6-

7:2.

ure

H.eference.

5-4.

Schematic

4,

table 5-1,

and

)

fig-

(

Model 1331A

ii-7.'I.

Hquipment.

Sine

wave generator.

:)-7-1. Procedure.

a.

Set

Model 1331A co

WRITE
I

NTENSITY...........

..................................

PERSISTENCE.
POSITION

b.

Connect

generator

at

center

5-75.

6-7(j_

to

c.

Set

of

WRITING

Reference.

both X INPUT

phase

resultant

figure 5-4.

ii-

77.

1'.,'quipment.

ntrols

.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ccw

(HORIZ

and

VERT( . . . . centered

500 kHz, 1 V p-p

and Y INPUT

shift

adj

A5Cl

ellipse.

RATE

ADJUSTMENT.

Schematic

as follows:

........

output

3 to

minimize

7,

table

as

of

.

required

sine

wave

opening

5-1,

m

and

g.

Turn

tensity

gate

h. Ch

1.

Press

j.

Momentarily

then

back

shou

ld

be

for a

sma

ll

0.5 division.
k.

If

A5Rl8B sli

I.

Pr

ess

re

peat

step

m.

If

ERASE

cycle,

pushbutton.

n.

If

set

write

INTENSITY

output

ange

and

pulse is

pul

se

rel

polarity

ease

switc

to

negative. Resultant

uni

form

over

entire

amount

pattern

ghtly

and

of

allowable de

is

not

ccw.

rel

ease

uniform,

j.

writing

erasure

is

depth

is uniform,

not compl

adj

cw

until

maximum.

to n

ERASE

h pulse

pushbutton.

polarity

dot

grat

ERASE

press

ete

A5Rl

8B slightly cw.

Adjustments

amp

litude

egat

ive.

to positive;

pattern

icule

area

grada

tion

set

write dep

pushbutton;

and

after sin

of in-

on

CRT

except

on

outer

th

adj

then

release

gle erase

(

a.

Sine

b.

Oscillator.

c.

Pulse

d. Oscilloscope.

:)-7H.

Pro

cedure.

a.

Set

WR

ITE .................................

INTENSITY
PERSISTENCE
POSITION

b.

Connect

wave

generator

c.

Connect

ator

to Y I

l

d.

Set

repetition
pulse
pulse
pul

se

e.

Apply

f.

Connect

(collector

of

wave

generator.

generator.

Model 1331A

..........

contro

.

ls

as

.........

follows:

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cw

(HORIZ

70-Hz, 1 V p-p

to X

5-Hz, l V p-p sine

and

INPUT.

VERT)

sine

wave

..

. .

wave

NPUT.

pulse generator

rate.

width

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 usec

amp

litude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V

polarity

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . positive

output

oscilloscope

controls

as

follows:

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

of

pulse

gennator

to

intensity

to Z

gate

A3Ql0).

. m

as

required

centered

from s

ine

from oscil-

Hz

INPUT.

output

o.

Repeat
writing
teristics

5-79. STORE

.5-8U.

and

6-81.

6-H2.

characteristics along

are

Reference.

figure 5-4.

Equipment.

a.

Sine

b. Osci
c.

d.

a.

llator

Pulse

Oscilloscope.

Proc

edure.

Set

Model 1331A

WRITE.
INTENSITY
PERSISTENCE.
POSITION

b.

Apply

wave

generator

c.

Apply

l

ator

to Y

INPUT

steps j through n until

with

best

achieved.

TIME

ADJUSTMENT

.

Schematics 6 and

wave generator.

.

generator.

contro

ls

as follows:

................................

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ccw

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(HORIZ

70-Hz, 1 V p-p

to X

5-Hz, l V p-p

and

INPUT.

VERT)..

sine

sine

wave

wave

.

most

uniform

erase charac-

7,

table

5-1,

.

cw

. .

cente

red

from

sme

from oscil-

in

5-9

Adjustments

d.

Set

pulse

generator

controls

as

follows:

S-Hfi.

Model 1331A

Procedure.

repetition
pulse

width

pulse

amplitude.

pulse polari

e.

App

ly

output

f.

Connect

(wh ite-black-blu e

g.

Press

STORE

h.

Set

store time

on flood

gun accelerator

of pulse-off time).

A hi

gher

i.

release

j.

then

back

crease
be

brightness,

degraded.

Change

ERASE

Momentarily

to

negative

pushbutton.

k.

Wait

15

as

written
area
dation
or

negat

except

on

ive.

in

step j is

for

outer

rate.................

..

...

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 V

ty

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

of pul

se

oscilloscope

wire

on

A5).

gennator

to

flood

to

gun

pushbutton.

adj

A6R2

(pu

lse-on

for 10

time

1

Yo

NOTE

duty

cycle

can

be

used

but

store

time

pulse

polarity

pushbutton

change

and

minutes.

visible

small

0.5 div,

to

.

pulse

immediately

Observe

over

amount

and

has

negative;

polarity

press

that

entire

CRT

of

all

owable

not

faded

dot

1000

usec

positive

Z I

NPUT.

accelerator

duty

cycle

one

tenth

to in-

may

press

and

to positive;

STORE

pattern

viewing

degra-

positive

Hz

a.

Turn

LINE

switch to

b.

Disable

connecting

c.

Set

cl.

Set

STORE
INTENSITY

high

collector

LINE

switch

Mode

l 1331A

.................

voltage

lead

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ccw

PERSISTENCE.
POSITION

e.

Set

pul

(HOR

se

generator

repetition rate......................

pulse width
pulse
pulse

f.

INPUT.

g.

scope

h.

tensity

App

ly

Use

to

intensity

Increase
gate

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 usec

polarity

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

amplitude.

output

50:1

divider

gate

output

output

(as

is 25V p-p.

Set

i.

risctime

of

overshoot

intensity

intensity

is l

ess

gate

than

gate

0. 75V.

off.

power

to

Q5 (bluw

to

ON.

controls

as

.

...........

supp

ly

wire

follows:

.

by
to

....

dis-

A3).

m

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ccw

IZ

and

VERT)

contro

ls

. . . .

as

follows:

centered

500 kHz

positive

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <0.25V p-p

of pul

output

bandwidth

se

probe

(coll

of

pulse

monitored

output

is

generator

to

connect

ector

of

generator

on

oscilloscope)

adj

A3Cl9

less

than

to Z

oscillo-

A3Ql0).

until

so

that

70

ns

in-

and

(l)

Fades

ment

procedu

depth

adj

A5Rl8B slightly

adjustment

(2)

Fades

justment

write
store

5-83. Z-AXIS AMPLIFIER RISETIME ADJUS

MENT

5-84. Reference.

procedure

depth

time

.

adjustment

positive:

re

(paragrap

procedure.

negative:

adj

A5Rl8B

Schematic

repeat
h 5-75)

cw.

Repeat

(paragraph

slightly

procedure.

7, t

writing

by

Then

5-75)

able

adjus

repeat

writing

by

ccw.

5-1,

rate

adjust­ting write
store

rate

adjusting

Then

and

repeat

ure 5-4.

.?-H.5.

f;quipmenl.

a. Pul

b.

c.

d. 50:1 divid

Osc

Sine

se

generator.

illoscope.

wave

generator.

er

probe.

5-10

time

ad-

T-

fig-

5-87. CALIBRATING
MENTS.

5-88.

The

following

to

guide

the

been modified

II.

The

procedures

the

large

number

possible.

5-89. PHASE

5-90.

Bypass

shift adj

ustment

pensation adju

Check
cuit.
ments
as

phase

If

necessary,

of

even

ly

5-91.

ATTENUATOR

5-92.

In

ch

aracteristics

the
as

order

calibration

according

SHIFT

the

stments

shift

attenuators,

possib

of

procedures

are

general

of

input

.

attenuators

of

paragraph

described

again

make

le

between x and

COMPENSATION

to

maintain

Model 1331A,

MODIFIED

of

instruments

to

the

instructions

in

attenuator

and

5-71.

with

attenuators

small

compromising

dividing

the

it

are

provided

nature

combinations

perform

Perform

in

paragraph

the

adjustments

y.

.

frequency
is

necessary

INSTRU-

as

that

have

in

Section

because

the

phase

the

com­5-91.

in

the

cir-

adjust-

response

to com-

a

of

)

- 50V ADJ

WRITE GUN

INTENSITY

A1R22

A3R1

LIMIT

l

-;;;~:a-

I @

ey

QO

Q)

OOOOOGOO

Ci)

A5J1-4
A5J1-2

JUNCTIONS
A3R23/C12

A306-C
INTENSITY
GATE OUTPUT

.

A5R18D

COLLIMATOR

ADJ

A5R18C
FLOOD GUN

ADJ

GRID

PHASE SHIFT

STORE

TIME

A5C13

ADJ

ADJ

A6R2

~

m-1'!.---

HOR I Z
GAIN

REMOTE CONNECTOR

J5 (HIDDEN)

A5R71

13:l1A:

B·4

Figure

Adjustment

Locator

5-11

/ 5-12

5-4.

Model 1331A

pensate
applying
tude to
series
maximum
the
outp

any

a 1 kHz

each

capacitance

voltage

CRT

.

If

ut

can

be

added

a

display a square
the

series

capacitance

top to

the

square

attenuators.

square

added

to

exc
sawtooth
applied

wave

wave.

wave
attenuator
minimize

ursion

end

generator

to

the

on

the

CRT.

to

obtain

This

can

of

appropriate

and

the

distortion

of

the

is

opposite

In

that

the

flattest

be

done

ampli-

adjusting

at

deflection

available,

amplifier

case,

adjust

possible

by

the
the

on

its

to

5-93.

5
have
can
signals
stance,
p-p
attenuator

INPUT

-94.

After

phase

been accomplished,

be

made
given

if

the

signal and

is 3:1,

signal should

SIGNAL AMPLITUDES.

shift

and

attenuator

the

remaining adjustm

by

modifying

in

the

adj

ustm

the

be

changed

adjustment

ent

attenuation

then

the

procedure

the

amplitude

to

3V

amplitudes

procedures.

ratio

p-p.

compensation

ents

of

For

calls

for a 1 V

of

the

added

of

the

input

the

in-

(

(

Model 1331A

Replaceable

Parts

(

(

6-1. INTRODUCTION.

6-2.

This

section
replacement parts.
parts list
the
ignator
facturer's

parts

and

are

in

part

contai

ns

information

The

abbreviations used

described

in

table 6-1.

aiphanumeric order

includes

number.

the

manufacturer and

Table

6-3

Table

by

reference des-

contains

of manufacturers' codes.

6-3. ORDERING INFORMATION.

6-4.

To

obtain

ard, address order or inquiry to

Packard
ing

information:

A
ASSY

BO
BH
BP

c

CAR
CCW
CER
CMO
COAX
COEF = coefficient
COMP = composition
CONN • connector(s)
CRT

cw

D
DEPC = deposited
DP
OT

ELECT = electrolytic
EN

CAP = encapsulated

EXT

F =
FET

FH

FIL

H =

FXD

G
GE
GL

replacement

parts

Sales/Service Office

=

ampere(s)

=assembly

•

board(s)

=

binder

=bandpass

=

•c

=

-=ceramic

-

=coaxial

=
=clockw

..

=

=

=external

•

=flat
=fixed

=
=germanium
=g

head

centi l 10

cabinet

double

giga

-2

(10

head

ister

(10

mount

ise

- I
)

carbon
pole
throw

head

9

)

)

tube

arbon

counterclockwise

cathode-ray

decl

double

farad(s)
field-effect
translstor(s)

fill

lass

only

from Hewlett-Pack-

the

nearest

and

supp

ly

Table

6-1.

FILM

OX

=

=

s

=
=

=

=

=

•

=

•

=
=kilog

=
=left

=

=
= low-pass
=

=
=
=metal

=

=

=miniature

=momentary
=mounting
=mylar

=
=
=neon
=

GRD

H
HG
HP
HZ

IF
IMPG
INCD
INCL
INS
INT

K
KG

LB
LH
LIN

LOG

LPF
LVR

M
MEG

MET
MET
MFR
MINAT
MOM
MTG
MY

N
N/C
NE
N/0

SECTION VI

REPLACEABLE PARTS

Instrument

a.

b.

for orderi

6-2

in

ng

the

lists

manu-

the

list

6-5.
the

Hewlett-

the

follow-

and

Abbreviations for Replaceable

ground(ed)

henry(ies)

mercury

Hewlett

-Packar

hertz

Intermediate

impregnated

Incandescent

include(s)
insulation(ed)

internal

kilo

(10

pound(

hand
linear
logarithmic taper

lever

milli

mega

metal
manufacturer

nano
normally

normally

3

ram

s)

taper

(10!>

(10

film
oxide

(10

)

fiiter(s)

)

-9

)

closed

open

freq.

d

NPO = negat

NPN

NSR = not

OBD

OH

ox

p
PC =

PF
PHL
PIV

PNP

P/0
PORC
POS =
POT
P-P
PRGM
PS

PWV

RECT = rectifier(s)
RF
RFI

RH

RMO
RMS

HP

c.

Quanity

d.

Reference designator

To order a

following information:

Instrument

a.
b. DesGription of

location

c.

Qu

zero
ature

=

negative-positive­negative

replaceable

=order by

description

=oval

•oxide

=peak

printed
circuit(s)

=

picofarads

=Phillips

=

peak inverse
voltage(s)

=

positive-negative-

positive

•

part

=porcelain

position(s)

=

potentiometer(s)

=

peak-to-peak
=program
=

polystyrene
=

peak

voltage

~

radio

=

radio

interference
= r

ound
or
right

=

rack

-=

root

part

in

the

anity

desired.

Parts

ive

positive

(zero

temper-

coefficient)

separately

head

(etched)

of

worki

ng

frequency
frequency

head

hand

mount

mean

square

model

number

of

part

(s) desired.

part

not

model

the

instrument.

List

only

and

serial number

of items(s).

of

part(s).

listed

in

and

serial number.

part,

including function

RWV

S-B
SCR

SE
SEC
SECT
SI
SIL

SL
SP
SPL

ST

S

TD

TA
TD
TFL

TGL

THYR

Tl
TNLD

IO
TOL
TRIM

u

v

VAR
VDCW

w

W/
WIV

W/ 0

WW

.

the

table, provide

= rever

se

working

voltage

=slow-blow

• sll

icon

controlled

rectifier

=selenium

-

second(s)

•

section

•silicon
=silver

•slide
=single pole

=special
=
=

=tantalum
=time

•

•toggle

=thyristor

-=t

=

=tolerance

=trimmer

=micro (10 )

=

=variable
=

= wa

=with

=

=without

=

(s)

single

throw

standard

delay

tef

lon

itanium

tunnel

diode(s)

volts

de

working

tt(s)

worki

n11

voltage

wirewound

-6

inverse

volt(s)

6-1

Replaceable

Parts

Table

6-2.

Replaceable

Model1331A

Parts

Reference
Designation

Al

A2

•3

A4

A>
Ab
A7
A8

Cl

OS I

ti

n

Fl

f I

H

FI
JI
J2
J 3

J4

LI

n1

HP2

~P3

HP4
H

P>

H

Po
HPI
HP8

HPq

~PI

O

HPI

I
HPl2
HPll

HPl4
HP1

5
HP

lb
HPl7
HP

Id
HPlq

HP2

0
HPn
HPU
HP2 J

HP24
HP25

14P2b

HP27
HP28

11p2 q
14P30
HP3l

HP32
HP33

14PJ4
HPlS

llPJb
HP37
14P38

l<P39

l<P40
14P41
l<P4l
14P43

0 1
Q2

03

04
QS

Rl
R2
R3

M4
R5

HP Part Number

J l 331-00

Ol.lll-

OUJl-bb52'
0 1201-

vi

0 1
0133

Oll31-bl901
Ol&U-71

2

uO I 8 J
2110-0059

OlJ31-boOOl

O

013J1-0ll~O

OlJ3l-0021l6

01>31-.IU)O

>Oo0-U704
0 1 3
OIJ•
OIJH-04109

1400-07

50o0-ll7l8

01JJl-0010
OlJll
0 1

50

>040­Oul80
008>1-0008
0 1

01
OIJJl-llll60l
OlHl-01202
OllJl-04104

5U20-05

50
Ollll-

>020-05
5021l-05

5020-0580

01331-.15401
01331-oOOOl

50

Oll>l-04

00181-41101

00181-47102

1410-0

1450­00

1
00

0370-04>

00181-04101

001a

OOldl-47102

50

5080-0470

>Ob0-0475

5080-047<>

SOo0

.1100-08

0087-5631

2100-2757

2

21ov-284o

33

1-ot.>17

lJl-bo>

l-<>l 103

140-03!>0

I•

o

u-uo a~

-b770l

l.l>

v-ulld
llS0- 0
U>U-0118

1251-

2J57

lJJl-

Jl-04 lOd

1-04I

-05501

331-64

40-U453

0 1

- 0 l 21ld

.100-44701

.100

-44103

20 -0577

00-051~

040

l 8 l-0410 l

200

- 04

183-1.7407

l-41101

80-0475

-0505

100-.1503

502

ob>ll~

005

10

U7

>I

118

00.109
I

l

U1

8 l

l

101

02

76

22203

78
79

701

0>2

4

08

l

23

Qty

l OW
l O•
t<IGH
HIGrl VUllA\><

I•

HA

S I

LJMt

HI

GH VULI

ollCH

S

<.:rxo

LAHP:I

~U~EHLl~tR:tXf

bASt

•USE:CAKlkl~Gt

l~

UM

fU>E:O

l fOK

CONNt

3

<.

ONNtCTUk:

tONNt<.IOk:

SUCKET

COil

NE

PA

PANE l:~~LNToMt

PANtl!ktAR

fHAHt
fKAHt
COVtM:
CLIVE
COV(K:S

COMPO

Hllll

OtCK:

~H

ltlO:TRANSflll<Ht

LOVtM:

cove

l

IN

b

2

l

I

l

l

I

2

5

l

2

l

5

3

l

2

l

l
l

l

l

l

SULAIU~!CUNNELTOM

8RACktT:Ckl
COVER:SCJL"EI
SUP

SLIPPORT:C~

SH

I El O! H ICU VOLT
8RAtktT:KE
CUVEM:HlGH VULTAGt
8lltl:CATHUO<

8HEl!O

llHEl:~lOE

dHEl!
dEUL:blllTON
BElEL:ltH

I NSULAT UR:C.P
SHI EL
SCPIHN ASSY
SPACtR
uASktl:HluH VOLTAGE

LA~ktT:HIGrl

6USHING:POIENTI

NS

LE
CU

VER:HIGH

COVER:CHT SOC

KNLJll ASSY
REltL:PUSHbUTTUN
COVER

{,ASKET

LAS~ET:HluH

THANSISIOR

IMAN

TRANSISTOk

T

RANS

lkAN

R :VAR C014P
M:FXO

R IVAR
M:VAR
R:VAR

Description

Ct<

A,!> l S

Vu

lTAu

~

VClt.IA{,E llECT

:PIL

L:FKUNT

k: bull

..

POkT

:CLtAR

SISTOR

S I

POwtR SUPPLY

VOLTAGE

ASSY

ll5 VA(.

2~0

LI

A

:LtFI

.. ENT
ASSY: HALF
HAIN

:P

U:C

:HIUH VOLIAGE

IST

Fu. rM

~EC

TIME A>SY

AuE

TMI P

PUSrlbUTTON

tlttr

soo

NLANOtSCENT

.bA

:3-P

S~Y:fM AC

A~SY:b

! OP

TMAN

TOP

:<.At>INET

:HI

SIOR ASS

COMP
CERHH

COMP 5 HtGOHI< 201
CtRHET

RACIJM

OT LIUH

LPH.

2~0V

SlOw-alll

VAC

LPEK

OK:

BNC
BNL
oNC

IN

HAlt

E

CESStU

X

OM

l Ot

CLIP. llLA

HOIJJlt

SfORHER SHl

OH NT

IUHHEklfOCUS I

CON

:CM!

T

SH

IElU

CTlflEM-LAPACITOR

RAY TUBE

lVl

0tk

S I

Ot

AIH

UUE

KAY

VOLTAGE CLNNEC.TOM

UHt

VOLTA

KET

GH VOLTAut

VOLTAG~

ASSY:Sl

ASSY:SI

OR

ASSY:SI NPN

Y

250K OHi<
5oK

UHH

SK
l H

PA"I!.

lfl

ER

ASSY

'LIPPLY AS>Y

llH

ER

ASSY

Lt•

ASSY

ASSY

uf +100-

2dV

0.024

PUS
I
l - l

/2A

~

LO- alO

AllO"I

w

AllJNI

Pl!OtM l<tClPTAC

ALIGN

lb

~K

CK

VINYL

K

tlO

T MOUNTING

AC.E

POWER

TMIPltR

TUBE

CONNEC T

TEH

GE

CONNtCTOk

KN08 B

LK

CONNH.TOk

CUNNECTUR
CUNNtCTUR

PNP
NPN

201:

101:

l/2W

OHM 2Ull
EGOHH

201

•SSY

1oi

>uvoc

AMP

T IY

Pt

SUPPLY

ASSY

OR

"YLON

LIN

l/4W

LIN

2W

LIN l/2W

LIN

.IW

Mfr
Code

28

48U
204 •0
L8480
211460

264d0
2b4b0

2b ~ 50

/8480

..

l t

5b28~

11

,,,,

75~

.lb

4ta0

11

400

75q
2

4'<31

24

931
.!4<13 1

o2Jd'i

2d4o0
2a

4d0

ld4t0
2!148U

28

4&0
ld48'1

2a

"h0

2d4b0
28480

oouoo

£•480
2b480

<u4du

2b480

764&0

28480
2d4&0
28

400

2t>4d0

28480
.111

480

2

8480

.ld

4 d 0

<b480

28480
28480
d480

284•0
28480

284&0
28480
2&480
£8480

28480

2b4d0
2u480

Ld4

l.a4o0

78480

2

d480

<84110
2S48ll

2

d4d0

284110

28

480

2

11480
.IS4d0
28

480

2

8480

28

480
0112 1
284
2

H480

28480

Mfr

Part Number

Ul

3H-ba502

ou;l-b6>04
Ol33l-bo524

Ol

2ul-b<>~

10

OIHl-ooH7
OlHl-6&507

0 1331-

ollOJ
01331-olQOl
bdU-04

7l H-Of

~

tM

bd3b

34201

15

l

~

b 0

80

4

00183-07701

MO

L l

.5

313.dOll

S

2bJo< 128
l8Jk l2o

2bJ"-

tAt

Ol 3
01331-00209
0 1
Ol Hl-

UIJH-2050

50&U-U704
Oll>l-041

Ol33l-ll4l07

013:.l-0410~

Lti

SOb0-0
OlHl­01331-0550
Ol33l-o4l01

50

5040-0lul
00lb0-Ul
00<151-000&
01

0 1
0 1331-0
O
0

5020-05

5020-05
OIH 1-2220

5020-05
5020-ll5h

50.10-0580

01331-25401
0133 l-oObO
50o0-0S

0
0 0 1

00
1410-

h50-J4 0 4
00

ll00-040d

00ld3-b740

0
001a1-v4l0l

OO
OOlal-47102

50110-04

5

5060-04

5ll60-U'<7b

5060-0

2100-0823

~8

2100-2757
2
2100-2840

-l

-l

1211- l

- >01
3l-6o

OOI

33 l-00.10

00.!0o

O

7.18

001

4 0

-0453

208

200-44

701

200-

44 703

0bO

lJ3l

-lll202

1331-04104

70

77
78

l 9

1331-047

81

-4 7101

l a

l-471

0052

18 l-J4l

37u

-IJ4S

I

ldl-47101

75

080

- 0

41b

75

505

5bH

100-2503

00

01

0 1

02

01

1

1

1

l

3

l

7

)

6-2

See

introduction

to

this

sec

tion

for

ordering

information

Model1331A

Table

6-2.

Replaceable

Parts

(Cont'd)

Replaceable

Parts

(

Reference
Designation

1<6

R7 2100-2bUb

R8

k9

Sl

Sl

~3

Tl

TBI
VI

Id

•3
w4

ws O

Wo 0

lo8 NOi

"'

k 9

wl

O

loll

lol 2 01

wl3

lo

14

XV

l

HP Part Number

2 1ou- 2

•06

21

ou-u0

13

Ooo4-IU41

JIUl-08\10

3101-UOJ3

3

101-007
\llOO
012UO
>u83

•I 20-IJ48
O
013H

OD31-"lo2
01311-61 <>22

0 1 Hl-bl620
0 1 H

1

0 I S

-l

ll6

-b7501 I

-2 > 74

IJH-<>l

bOl I C

-<>l6

IHl-6160

1331-61609

2UO-OUJ

02

b

1

3>1-611>

19 I

l-61

bl4
7 I SOLll.t l

Oty

2

1
1
l

1

l
I

1

1

I

I

I

I

I

Description

R:VAk

CIJHP l .

k:VAk
R!VAK

l.:FXO CullP I

~

Wll~H:l

>•ITCH:>LIOt

wl TCtt:

lkA

NSfURMfk:

tkMINAl

T

C.

k f

:SPtC.

C.Aol( AS>Y:PU•fR.

Adlt:MA

CAdLE:Nl~H

CARL

t:

CAblt

:C.APAC.l I Uk

...

01

A

SS

ASSl~Nt

NUT ASSIC.rHO

bLt:OuTPU

CA
CA

bLE:OUlPUI

CAblt:C.UAXIAL
CA

ol

[: CUAX IAL

CAoLt:CllAX

SK

COHP 2 .

>K

SUK Oll

M

lO~

OOK

OG~

l E

SPU

llPOl U.

HIOt

POo

bUAkU:lRANSFUkMER

IAl

I"'

VU LTA

PU

wt

K

I G

"tU

U

I

14-

CONIAC 1

:C.k

l

l IN

(JHH

OHM

l I N 1/3w

OHM

l

tk

OtT

~c

20<

20~

l

5A

1/2~

LIN 1/

lW

1/4~

Ot

l.£5AL/O

C

ACHABLE 7

Mfr

Code

2•480
2

•480
lb480
0

1121

<8480 3 101- u

ti23b'i

7\17 2 7

2d480

d4&

2
l•4b0

0\10)

2H

4dU

ld480
2d4d0

204b0

264&0
2b480 0 1

2•

4&0 0 1331-1>16 19

284d0 O

2•480
2d

480

Mfr

2
2 1 0
2 1

CB 1041

llA-1

~-120

\1100-lllb

0 0 12

50U3-2574

KHS-70
Ol331-bl601

013Jl-bl602

0 1331-6160

0 1H

0

01331-6
1

101>-2•06

0-ldOo

ou-ou13

00-0750

1331-616

331-61622

l3H-616

20v-OJ3

Part

d'O

00\I

41

l-bl6

1614

Number

A

1

8

09

2 1

20

7

(

See

introdu

ction to

this

sec

tion

for

orderi

ng

informati

on

6-3

Replaceable

Parts

Table

6-2.

Replaceable

Parts

Model1331A

(Cont'd)

Reference

Designation

H

AIU
All

2

AI

C3

(4

Al

AIC5

ll

b

A
Allkl
AICR2

A

1Ck3

Al(k4

A1

Ck5

All.~<>

Al

lk7

All

MB

Al

fl

Al~l

AIFJ

A

IHPI

A1HP2
AIO

I 1

Al

02

Al

QJ
Al U4
AIQ5

A

lk

l

A1 ~2

AlP

3
Alk4
A 1

1<

>

Al

Ro

A lk 1
AI

RS
All\9
AlRlO

Al~

11
AlRll
Al k 1 3
Alkl'­Alld5

AIR lb
AI

R17

A

IM

18
AIR 19
Al

RZO

AIK21
Al

Rli
AlRll
Al

VRl

AlVR2

AIV

~3

AlVR4
A2
A2Cl
A2C2

A2U
A2Rl
A2k2
A2Rl
A2U l

A2U2
A2U3
A3
AlCI
A3C2

A3C3
AlC'­A3C5

A3(.6
A3C7

A3C8
A3C9
A3Cl0
A3Cll
A3Cl2

HP Part Number

01

Hl-bb>Ol
Ulb.l-0106
Uld0-.1134
01

ov-Ul oil

Olou-0

1~1

0160-11.ll

0180-llH

1901-0040

l'IUl-0040

1901-0040

1901-

0020

1

901-00'-0

1

91ll-0040

1•

101-00'-0

19

0 1

-0026

lll

0-0004
2llU-OIJll
2

110

-001;

21

I0-02b9

OJ80-0lol

854-007
18
16!>4-00
l
1

Ub'18-3<>05
06b4-102
o757-u45b
0704-00'-3
0

0

01)7-0401
0757-0110

Ob9o-7 I 42

Oo84-3J21
Oo.,8-J605

llb84-102
0<>84->o31
Oo9b-3"43
0757-0750

0684-H3
0684-4
075
OoS'­OH

0757
2100- 29112 1
Oo9&-32o4

l90i-3357
1902-00H

l90i-33S

1

01331-66>0'­0180-213&
Old0-2159

0180-2159
06
Obd't­Ob84-l0"1

190b-

1906­190b-000b

01
0180-0109
ouo-0110

0180-0
0160-0105
Ol
Olo0
0 1

Olb0-300
Olb0-3008
Olb0-3007
Olb0-3008
Olb0-3007

l 1 8

53-003•

22

ti)4-00

7l

854

-0071

l 1

757-0H

2 l

7>7

-U450

I

l I

741

7-0757

-4741

7-0389

- 0

..

j)

1 Ol OOE HkEAKOUWN:St>.2V

~02-00

18

8'--111"1

10"1

000b

000b

Hl-bo52"

091

70-00

2 4 1

-016

5

60-2403

7 b

Oty

I

..

l

I

l

42

1 Ol

I

2

8

1

1 TST R
1 1 s

2

l

1

2
3
l
I
2

I
1

1

3

2

l

1

1
2
1

I
I

I
2

l
5

l O

l
l
1

1
2 C1FXO

1

5

l lJA

VULl

llY 0 . 1
tlECl

:f

XU

MY
tLELl

tllt.l
HEt.l

UOt

: S

UOE

:S !LICON
:S l UCOl\t

lUOE:S

OOE

:S

:<.ARTkJOLt

TAN

DUff:b

:~I

n:s1

:~XO

Htl
CO

XO

MET
M[f

XO

MlT

MEr

XO

Ml r
MET

FLH
COMI'

XO

HtT
LOHP 1
COMP

MET

HH

COMP

COMP '-70!<

MEI
C.OMP

MU

HEl
CUMP

:~xu

~lM

dk[AKOOWN:56

OOE:

5 .

bHAkOOwN: l l.

VOL r AGE

:FXO

tlfCT 150

o

HECT

HtCl
COMP lbOI<
COMP
LUMP I

ASSY:6klO~E

IO

UE

ASSY:8RIOGE

ASSY:oklD

OOt

J(;H VOLT

ELtCT
ELELl

ELEtr
HY 0.05<> UF

HY

HY
CtR

CEk
CER
CER

If

XO

CEK
CtR

lll
lllC

!UCON
lllC

!LICON

A~(

0.1

AMP
AHP

0 .

NPNl>EllCHU
PNP
hPN
NPNIStltClCD fkLl
NPNl5ELlCfEU

MP

flH

HM

lbV

AGE

0.022Uf

0.05b

4700 PF
..

4100

'-100
4700

C:FllD

C:HU

(.

CIHU

l:F».O
C:Fxu
OI
OlOUE:SILICOl\t
OIUOt:S

UIOOl
O
OJOOt : S
Ol

FUSE
FUSt:0.5
FUSE:0.5
CLIP:FuSt
S

1ST1<:S l

TSTR:SI

rsn:s1

I\

k:txO
kif

~:Fxo

k:I

l\:FXO
R :f
R : FXO
RIFXO
l\:FXO

!\If
RIHU
RIFXO
R:fXO
R:fXO

R:FXO
k:FXO
RHXD
k IFXO
1<:FXO

k:FXO
M:VAM

11

UIOOt
0 J

OIUOE

LOW

C

c:~x

CIHO
R:fxD
R:HO
k:FXO

DICJOE
OI
H

Cl~XO

C:FXO

C 1FXO

c:~xo

C1fXO
C:FXO

C:Fxo
C1fXO
C:FXO
C
C:FXO

Description

PU•t M SUP

Uf

I

0¥

20

Uf +5.l-101

Uf

Ill•

2.2

UF

llJS

4.7

Uf

10~

20

Uf +50-10;,

CUN

50

MA

50

HA

ON

50

MA

0.

75A

;o

HA

;o

llA

ON

50

HA

o . 75A 2UOP l V

AHP

l

/'­250V
250V

2;0•

01 A

-32

X

O.bl5"

ux

15

UHM

Ohl(

1000

FLH 43.

2K

UX

2. 7K

UHH

43.2 UHM

fU4 l2.

1K OHM

flH

100 UHH u l/

HH

ll

.

8~

12.3K

OHM

3300

OHM

ox

OH<

15

000

OHM lOt

SbK

UHM

10~

lb 1 OHM u 1/811

FLH

bblO

OHM u l/

33K

OHM

10*

OHM

FlH

15K

OHM u l/4W

4 70K

OHM loi l/'-W

fLH 33. 2 O

FLH

3.32K

lK

OHM 201:

OHM

ll.

81<.

. 2V 51

101

7V

RELT

IFJtR

+!>O-

UF

300

UF +

300

Uf

•75-10,

OHM

100~

OHM

OHM

OOK

ktCTlflfK

KtCTIFlfR

Gt

RtC.TIFltK

POwER

SUPP

18

Uf

lOOV

101

6.b

Uf

10

UF +50-

101

201

Uf

100

I Ot

Pf

201

20t

Pf

20t
Pf 201
PF

20t

p~

20

1500

ASSY

Pl

Y

700VOCk

IOOVUCW

20UY0lk

20VOC

~

sovoc.

10ov

WV
kV

kV

1

•V

..

v

•V

250V

uc.

v

JO
30
30

200~

30
30
30

u ;

fROH

211137041 Lll

M 211137041

fkOH

2N

37041

,,

2"

1/4~

101

LIHM

u l

/6111

!>\

2W

u

l/

ti•

u I

/bw

dW

UHM

u

114•

l~

l/'-W

IOt

l/'-k

,,

211

l/4w

l/'-W

4•

l

/'-W

1

0~

1/411

HM u l/

OHM

ll

75-

10•

10~

1

t

8W

l/dw

ll

llN

l/

41<

l/8W

St

5\

ASSY

lOt

2 50VOCk

l

50VOCW

lOt

150~0<.w

ll'o•

114•
l/4k

0~

LY ASSY

OCW

35VOCW

101 IOOVOCW
200

VOC.W

200VO

CW

200VDC

W

SK

vocw

'tK

voc.w

4K

vocw

....

vocw
voc.w

....

voc.w

""'

Mfr
Code

lb480
5b2d>

~28~

>o2o~

;blb>

5oltt'I

5o2&9
07203

07263

01lb3

0'-713

012b3

072bJ

072<»
v'-7IJ

7

5415
75915
7;915

~1506

00000

'-80

&0131

012b3

284d0
284&0

2848
01121
284

&O

211480

26

460

2ti4b0
28'-80
2d4ti0

26480
01121

l8480
01121
01121
2o'-b0

2

b'-

80

01121
Cll

121

2u

'tO

Oll21

2d460

28'-80
284110
28480
28'-80
28'-80

2

8'-80

0471J
28'-80

562&9

562

8~

>0269
01121
01121
01121
211

..

ao

28

..

80

28

480

2b't80
56289
56289

56269

56289

56289

56289

72~82

72982

72982

72982

7

2982

72982

Mfr

0

1331-

1~2Pl0492-H

34

I~

1;

1>0U475A,05

34U20oFIOOlJ4-US8
fl>!.106

~

0!.1066

flJ

SHJ58-6
r-OulO&o

~

D!.

FOul08

Skl35o-8

3AG/CA1.

312. 500

312.500
bOOb-3lCN

UbU

1

&>4-0071

2t.390b

SI
lb>4-007l

18!>4-0071

0

Ob98-3b05
Cb
0751-04

0764-0043

0757-0j~2

07>7-04!>0

07!>7-

01;1-0110

06%-7142

(.~

0696-3605
CB

C.b
0611&-J443

0757-0750

Cd
C.b

0151-0151

U

Cb
0757-0384

07;7-0433
2100-29&2
0698-3204

1

902-33

1902-0034

1~02-3351

IN94
01331-6<>504

080-100'-4-0FP
680-047b70-0fP

660-04
Cb 18'-

Cb

C8

1

90b-000b

1

900-0006

1

906-000o
01331-6652'­'-0Dl8bfl000H

150

300106FIOOOC2-0SH
1

92P5b392-PTS

192P223
l92P5b392-

828-0

3888-024-Y5S0-472H
3888-024-Y5S0-'-72H
3888-02't-YSS0-'-

3888-02'--Y5S0-'-12M
3888-02'--YSS0-472H

Part Number

l+oSO;

•

8

d

5b

0401

1

57

76

70-0H

l

02

25-X5R0

5

0Bl

312.250

PTS

-1S2M

bHl

020bf I 00(J4-0Sb

~P

10 49l- P1 5

ouu;x'lulUA2-DY

... 1068

108

7b43

1021

Hll

lOll
5b31

333
4741

4741

l

1041
10"1

0685X903562-0YS

)

s

- OY5

72M

)

6-4

See

introduction

to

this section

for

ordering

information

Model1331A

Replacea

ble

Parts

Table 6-2.

(

'

Reference
Designation

A3C

IJ

A.lC 16

l7

AJC
A3tl

8

A3C

19

A

.l

ClO

A3C2

1

A

3L2l

A

3LlJ

A3U4

A

.l~R

I

A3Ck2
A3L R3
A.lCk4
A3Ck5

A

3CR6

A

.l(k

7

A

JCR9
A3CRI O
AJCR

11

AJCR I <

Al

li

A3L2
AJQI
A

302
A3

113

A3

Q4

A306

A

30

I

AJQS

A3Q9
A

3Q

10

A3

R I

A

3k2

A

3113

A3R4
A3R5
A

3Rb
A3R 7
A)ko

A3R 9
A3RIO
A3R 11
A3k l l
A

3R

IJ

A3R

14

AlR

I S

A3R

l o
A3Rl7
AlR

lo

A3R 19
A3R20
A3R21
AJR2

2

Jllll

A
A3

R24

A3

R25
A3R30
A3R31
A3RJ2

A3R

J3
A3R34
A3

R3S
A3R36
A

3R37

A3R

38

A3

R39
A3R

40
A3R41
A3VR I

A

3VR2
A4
A4Cl

HCl

H

C3

HP Part Number

0160-ll45
01

50-002

J l

>U-0096

ll-J

90 L-00
901-0040

901-0040

-00

002

40-01

S>J-003

853-0036

•53-0038

84-4701

4-151

4•Llll

013

00-odJ6

4-1241

098

4-10

-o8Sl

7-0458

341

- 3 1
0449

7-01

-0199

7-0280

4-1011

0013

4 0

-001

20 l-66510

3008

60-3007

4SJ

7 S I

oa

4 9

40

29

57

0 1

S l

SI

2 4

99

1

8

6

I

5

1

l

3

7

36

7

3

0121-

0160-2145
01
u160-J448
Olb

v1bu-34'+o

1
1

1901-0040

1

h Ol

1901-u040
1901-0040

1~01-

n40-0129
91

l
1•55-v0

1
1854-0l15

1
1054-0271
06
0687-10
008

OoH
0151-04.ld
0757-0405
0757­2 1

008
Oo98-7 ld2
2 100­Oo3b-U003
06d

06H7-2
0693
Oo93-68S
Oo93-bb

0693-6851

01s 1-oz8

0<>98-3449
0757-01
0687-llll

075

0690­0698-4935

0698
0757­0 7 5
0757
0 7 5

0757-0757
0757-083
0757-0408
068
2140-

21
0 1
0160­0 1
0160-3008

Oty

6

l

4

2

1

l

l
l

1

l

l

3

Replaceable

Description

NU

T

A~S

I

NU

C:~xo

c
L:VAk IHluN

C

L

C

C

c

OIUOt:~ILI

OIUOE: S ILICO

NO

u l
0I1lOt

OI
N(J

NU
OI
UIOOE:S

UI

COIL:fAO
COI
Nill

TST

TS
NU
NUT

T

TS

T

k:HO

r..:HO CO

RlfXO COMP

ti

R:HO

R:fXO

k:f

K:VAR COHP L

R:FXO CUHP 12UK

R:fXO

R!V

R:fXO

k:fXO

NO

R:fXO

R:rxo COMP

R

tl:FXU LOHP

M:~xo

R

RlfX

R:F

R:~xo

R:txo

NOi ASS

NUT ASS

R:rxo

K:FXU

R

K

R •

K:fXLl

R

RlfXO

K

R:FXU

R :

LAHP:

LAHP:<.LOW 0. 3

HI

C:~XD

c :~x o

C:FXU

!.NtO

T ASS I GNtO

Lfl< 5000

:r•

u Tt 0 10 • u .

:~•O

L(• >000

ii-AO

CH

:f

•u

LtK 1000

:FX

O C

ER

:~xo

CEK 1

f ASS I u"°FO

UOt

: S

tll

: S I

OOt

: S ILltON 50

T A

SS

I uNEO

I ASS I

ODE

: S

ILICON
ILICON

UOt:S

ILlt

L:fxu

ASSIGNED

M:S

I P

Tk:

S I H T

T ASS I uNEO

ASS I &N

I

Slk

: S I PNP

ST

K:

S I

T11:

SI

~Tk:S

I

COMP

:fXU tOHP

MH

Ht T

xO HET

Ht!

AR

COMP l HE
fLH
COHV lHE!.O

i ASSI

COMP

:f~

O

CC.HP 6 . 8

CO

:fxD

Mtl

O MET

XO

HET F
COMP 1 2 0 O

HtT

I

1,;r.Eu
ME I f LH lJ.7K OHM 11 l / ZW
MEI f

:FxO

HE T f

:FXO fLH

fXO

HtT fLH 21.

Htl fLH

:Fxo

HET

HEf

:fxu Htr

MET flH 243 OHH

fXO

COHP 100

t.LOW O. J HI

UH VULfA

CER
CER 4700
Ctll 4700

Pf +bO-lOl

41PF

0.25-1.Sll

Pf +d0-201

o .

os UI-+bo-2

~~

U.05

Uf +8U·20t LOOVOCw

000

Pf

CU N

~OPIV

N

~o

MA

CUN

Su

LI

GN<D

k~

M•

NP

NPN

PNP
NPN

MV

GMO

l!P

l.NtO

HA

CON SO

HA

MA

50

MA

50

HA

UN 0.75A •OOP

220

UH

220

Uh

N-CHANhEL

tO

47 OHM
10 O

HM

l >O

OHM IOI

2l0 OHM LUI

FUI 5.l

ll( OHM U llHW

1-LH lUOK

fLH

511K OHM

OOK

OHM

OHH

1-LH

JU

MEI.O

GOHH

29

MEI.OHM lOZ

HM U l/4W

2.7

HEGOHH

Oob

MfGOHH 1 0 1
HEGOHH 101

b.11

HEGOHM

6.6

MEGO

~LH

2

.oOK

FLM

2d.7K

LM J9. 2K OHH 11 l/6W

HM 101 l/2W

fLH Sl.lK

lM

41.21<. O

lH

17.

8K OHH

lOK OHM

SK OHH

2 1

.SK OHH

fLH

I K OHM n

fLH 15K OHM
f LH d. 25K O

OHH

LLIAHP; T-2

HILLIAHPS T-2

Gt

RtCTlfltK ASS

4700 PF 20%

Pf
Pf 20t

Parts

s~

l

Ut

l oOOVOC•

1

0~

l

JO

JO

30

JO WV

JO

JO

IOt

l/4W

lOt

l/2W

OHM

20l

l vl

HM

201 LIN l

l Ol l

l Ot 2k

HM

l u l 2•

OHM

OHM

OHM

HM

It

1/

It

HM

11

l Ot

4K

20t

4 K VOC•
4K

(Co

l

OOVllC

soo

v o

VF

600VUC

lUOV

0l

lOOVOC•

OOOVOCW

>V

~v

WV

oV
WV

IV

l/4w

l/4o

ll l/8k
ll

11 2>

LIN 1/4>1

l/4W
l l 2 •

l>I

/2W

21<

2W

11

l/SW

1\

l/ 8~

11 l/8w

It

l/

ll

l/

bW

11

LIS•

11

l/&"

LIS•

l/4W

II l/2W

l/HW

l/4W

8Ul6

8UL6

Y

VOCW

VOCW

nt'd)

cw

OC ~

/4W

2W

8W

Mfr
Code

~

;,

'-••I&
91H8

S62
5628"

>t.i

2b•dO

ll72o3
0 7

263

0 7

263

07263

Ol~bJ

0 1

2oJ

0471.l

2d"io0

2&••0
8013

2d4b0

80

13 1

80

L 3 1

lb4&0
2d480

llllLl
0112 l

0112 1
01 l l l

2H4d0

2

.. 480

28480

28480

0112 1

28480
28400
28480
0112 1

01121
0112 1

11

0

11

0

Oll2l
2

H480

28480

2

84•0

011

20480

211480

28480

28

480

2b480

2b480

28

480

28480

2d4b0

28480

2b480

0112 1
08800

08806

28

480
72'l82
72'l82
72982

21

2 1

d'>
ti9

2 1

Mfr

TA

TY

Pt C.A

0 1

ll-OI

IA

TA
COb7

til>ll-1021(S25-CO

C023Al01L503Z;<S-CUH

Cllo782~

l

'lOl-00

1-UGI O""
fUC. 1

08•

1-

u<.I

Obb

~UC.1

08U

FUGI

Odo

FUul 088

s

..

1358-

9L

40-

"140-Ull9

1

l"'390o
1

8SS-0057

2N3906

2NJ90

L

~53-003

1654-027

cs

470

Eu 1

00

CB

I Sl I

Cb 2lll

u751-04;9

0757-0465

OH7-0135

; 100 -

Cl\ 12

069b­2L00-0<;8
0d3o-0003

cs

1051

EB

275

hi\

6"Sl

H8 6 8 5 L
Hti

6o>l

HS 6

dS

0757-0283
0698-34•9
0757-0

EB

1211

0757-0458

0

6'18-341

069&-

Ob'IH-3 1
0 7

57-0449

075

7-014<)

0

757-0199

0

757

-02b0

0

757­0757-0837
0 7 5 7-0ltOS

L6

10

S

A8-AINt-23AI

SA6-

AI

201-66510

0 1
388ti-024-Y5S0-472H
3&88-024-Y5S0
38H8•02

Part Number

68

H

lfl

02 K

~25-CU

H

49

..

0l29

4

8
1

L

1

0836

41

718

2
L

l

l

12 4

7

49 3 5

3<>

075

7

11

NE-23A

I

-47

5S0

-47

2 M
2 H

4 - Y

(

See

introduction

to

this

section for ordering information

6-5

Replaceable

Parts

Model 1331A

Reference

Designation

A4tL4t

HC.5
A4C.o

<4C.kl

•4LHl

A4MP1

HI'\

Pl

A4k

I

A4k

2

A41 I

A!>Cl
AS

C.i
A5l.3
A

SC.4
A5l.5
A5C.6

A5U
A5L S
A5C9
A5LIO
A!>C.ll

A5C.12
A5Cl3
A5C.

14
A5tl5
A5C l b

A5Cl7
A5C l 8
A5U9
A5UO
A5C23

A5C.2'
A5L25
A5C.2o
A5L27
A5C.2tt

A5Cl9
A5

CJO

A5L3

1

A5C.

32

A5(.3)

A5L34
A 5C.35

A5L3b

ASCH
A5C38

A5C.39
A 5C.40
A5L41
A 5C.42
A5L43

A

5L4

4

A5C

45
A5C4b
A5C.Rl
A5CR2

A5Ck3
A5CR4

ASCNS

A5CR6
A5CN7

ASCR8
A5CR9

CR

1C

A5
A5CR

11

A5CR12
A5CR

13
A5CRH
A5CR

15

A5CR

16

A5CR

11

HP

Part Number

OIM>-30''7

ulOU-.JIJOtl

ulo0-.;.!07

l'>J

1-0341

bu

1-0 341

5U"tV-V4VL

5J•0-043v

Obt1't

-2.t:3

Obts4-

1

~J

Ol<u 1-61 lOl

01

ol>--01

ob

0 1

au-008'

Ol6u-O

loa

OL

80-0U5d

OL

bU-02>0

OL

S.J-009

0 1

ov-29

13

016U-2Y

L 3

OL

40-0l0b

OL

5u-00b

01

)0-00b4

014\l-0208
Ul2L-u407
OLo

O-i"

IJ
0L60-291J
OL<,0

-020b

OL

!>0-00b4
015U-U0d4
0140-0LOd

Ul•v-u

L59
0150-0084
0 L<>0-L2 LO

60-0L~7

OL

Ulo0-21~0

0 1

40-0LOb
0Lc.U-02YS
0160-£

150

OL<,O-OL

96

UL60-ll46

OL

6v-2L4c.
ULl>0-1146
vl60-0l68
0 L

b0-0

l6b

vl40-0l

5 4

OL60-2L4b
OL60-22

10

0160-222

0

160-0201

OLdO-L 735

0140-0IVZ
OL60-ll

50
OL5v-U075
1

'101-0026

1

90 L-0026

l

'IOL-OOL5

1901

-0045

1901

-00

t,5
1

'101-0045

1

'101-00t,5

1

90L-0025

L

90l-0025

L

90

L-0025

1

901-0310

L901-0376

190L

-00

4 0

901-00

4 0

1

901-00

4 0

L

90 L-00

4 0

1

901-00itO

1

Table

Oty

1

l

3

4

8

2

l

L

j

L

L

4

5

2

L

3

10

4

4

6-2.

Replaceable

Description

t:t-xu

tt~

..

L:FXO
c:rxo

OIUDt:~

OI

UOt:>

MOUNI: l
MUUNl:lNAN>IOkMlk
N!FXO

M:FXO

IKA,.,

MAIN

L

:I

XI)

C:HO
c:rxo
C:t-XO
C:FXU
C.:

t-.<U

c.:rxo
C.:t-XO

c.:1-xu

C:HIJ
C:fxO

C:FxD

C:

VAN

c:rxo
t:FXU
<.:F

.(O Mi

C:FXD
c:Fxu
ClfXO MICA

NOT

NUT

C:f.<0
C.:fXO
C:FXO MICA
C:FXO
C.:FXO MILA

C:FXO MILA
C:FXO

ClfXO

C:FXO MICA
C:FXO

C: FXO
C:FXO
C:FXO
C.:f-XO
C:Fxo

ClfXU
C:FXU MICA
C.:fXO
C:fXU

C:FXU tlELT

C:fXO

C

:fXO

C:FXO

UIUOt:S

IU

UllS

O

OIUOc:Sll
OIOOE:S
UIOOE:SlllC.ON
OL

OOt:S

OI

DOE:Sll

O

IOOf:SlllCON lOOMAllV
OIUOE1S
OI

OOt:S

OI

OUE:S

OIUOE:S

OIOOE:SIL
DIOOt:S IUCUN

DI

OOE:S
OWOt:SlllCON
OIOOE:SlllCON

rou

c.Ek

41Uv

CEh

4700

I

louo

~IV

I 7UU(I

~IV

kAt.H

llNMtk

COMP

22K

CuM~

15K

~f-UkMc~

ASS I (.NED
ASS I

AS;v:;11uH

AS~V

MY

O. L

UI

AL

cUCl

MY

0-1

Uf

AL

HU.I 50

HtCl

1 . u

<.L~

0-01

Cck

o -

OL

ttk

0 - U l

MI

C.A

bbO

Cfk

U-1

Ctk

MIC.A
TklH

LcR

Llk

<.lk

CER

MILA 3UOu

C.lM

MY

HY
MILA

CEk

CtR 0-02 Uf +80
EllCl
MY 0-1
MY O.I Uf 1
MICA

Ctk

MIC.A

HYLA• 0 -

MIC.A
MICA

CER

Uf-+8J-2u\ lOOVOC.•

0-L

ur

6dv

Mtk

U.7-).0

0 . 0 1 ur •
O.Ol

l.A

6b0

0-L

Uf

o.l

ur

c.60

1."(U

O.L

Uf

~70

0-00LL

J3

PF

270

O.UOL5

33 Pf-

150

0.02

15

UF

L300

O- U2

it70

2700

0LUF

0.22

ob

Pf-

3J

Pf

4700

ILI

CON 0

lll

C.UN

0.7SA

l LON

lOOHA/lV

ILI

C.ON 0-75A IOUP I V

0-75A LOOP

IUL

UN

0 -

l CON 0 .

lll

CON

lOOMA/lV

lll

CON

IOOMA/lV

lll

CON

35V

lll

CON

35V

ICUN

50

50

lll

CUN

SO
50
SO

Parts

...

f

"'"'

4..,

20\

...

2oi

4,
50MA
5UMA

l/4W

10\

L/4W

VULTAG[

20uVUC•

50-101

ur • 75-10•

201: 50VOC.w

•ti

5-20\

5\

S•

Pf

85-20*

+bS-2oi

5l

-20l

d0-20\

5\

''

,,

0\

ZOOVUC.W

5\

200VOC.•

5\

-20l

200VOC.W
20oVOC•

,,

+&0

-20S

SS

5t

5\

200VOC.

101

3,VOCW

+l00

-20l SOOVOCw

200P

IV

200P

IV

IV

lOUPIV

30

WV

30

WV

30

WV

30

WV

30

WV

VOL""'

voe.•
voe.

lOOVOC•

lOOV
lOOVULw

-·
Pr

OHM lOX
vHM

L

Ol:

LO Uf +

LU• 200VOL

Uf

UF +b0-20\

uf •8s-2us
ur

~

·

+o0-20\

Pf-

Uf
Pl

+h0
+

Pf

Pf

•o0-201 LOovoc.

Pf

UF 1

5\

Pf

Uf lOl

5\
Pf
UF •tiU-20S

Uf 10\ 20VlJC."

LOS

0&

PF

Uf
Pf

Pf

Uf-

51

Sl
Pf

-1

5A

75A LOOPIV
75A

MA

MA

MA

MA

MA

(Cont'd)

150VOC.•

•
25VOCw

hlOVUCi.

souvoc

"

suovocw

SOOVUC•
500VUCw

UC.W

10ovuc.

..

l OOVOLw

lOOVlJC.W

~

Mfr
Code

72'1bl

ll'ltil

77'162
2&480

2&4HU

ld4b0
28480
01121
0 1L 21
Ld480

28

4 1l0

5o2d'I
S6t&9
56289

562d~

729&2

72'182
7lY82
7ll3b
72982
72

~82

72136

7l98L
72982

7l~82

1Ll3b

12.-.8<

72

'1o2

72136

21>4&0

7l9ti2
2&4o0

51.28<,
28480

7213b
5b20<i

2&4&0

72 LJ6
9L418

9l4

L8

2b

ltb
>628<i
562b9
284&0

91418
2&480

2&480
2841!0
2d<,80

28480
28480

72982
04713
04713

0 1

263
04713
04713

04713
Oit713

0 7

263
07263
07263

28480
28480

07263
07263

0 7

263

07263

0 7

263

Mfr

3uob-024-VSS0-47lM
3o88-024-YSSU-472H
38tib-OZ4-Y5SU-472M

lYvl­140L-

5U40-0402

5040-u4JO

(.~

L8 L53l

0 1

20L-oL IOl

01331-60~

lUUL06FL50002-u~M

h

2P

30050b&025CC2-0SH

L

SOU

bOl-<800011

8

Ll-

8ll-0Lt,-V>U0-103Z

KOHi

8L31-IOU-o51-104l
o1

Jl-L00-651-1U4Z

ROIH 5> C.d I J3C.

S36-0lo
blL-Ol4-YSUJ-103Z

till-Ol4-Y5U0-1J3l
kOHl

8L3L-LOO-b51-l04l
813L-I00-6Sl-104Z

RUMISI

0140-015<i

&131-l00-65l-10
OloO-aLO

1

92P 1<292-PT

0

16

kUML5>

l92Pl524L-PTS
Olou-2150
RO

M15fl

TA

IA

0

OlllO-

1'2n

1'12~

0140-0L

TA

0160-22LO
0160-2228

Olo0-0l07
OL80-L735

0140-01~2

Olo0-2150

851-000-X5U0-472l

SM

L358-I>

SR135&-b

~u

Sk

135&-7
SR1H8-7
SRl358-7
SR

1358-7

fO
FU

•o

L901
l

90L-03

FUG1
FOG108&
FOG1
FOG1088
FOG1

Part

Number

0341

U34

L

223

1

11

104Y2-P

I S

105~

0USOAl-OYS

Ol<,-YSUU-103l

5F6b

LJ3C

SFo81J3C

6&1

J 3C

0-2150

27l5

50\IV

5 1J>C.

L 1"<>

04'l2

-PTS

104<,2-PTS

Sit

23d1

23U
2387

2181

-0)7o
7o

088

0&8
08b

4l

S

6-6

See

introduction

to this sec

tion

for

orderi

ng

information

Model133

1A

Replaceable

Par

ts

(

(

Reference

Designation

A5CR l B 1901-0040
A5n1s
A5Chl0
A5Ck2l
A'l(k22

A

5Ch23
A>CR2 4
A

5LR2

5
A5CR26
A5LRZ7

A5Ck28
A5CR2S
A 51.R 3 0
A'>CR3l
A5Ch32

A SL R

33
A5CRH
A

5CR3>
A5CRH
A!>LR37

A5CR38
A5LR3S
A5CR4C
A5CR

41

A5L~42

A5LR4

3
A5LR44
A5CR45
A5CR4e

A!>~~4

7 1

A5CR46

A>CR4~

A5

CR5C

A

5CR5

I

A5C~52

A5CR53

A5CR5~

A 5CR5 5
A5CR5o
A5CK'>7 19

A5F l l l
A5J

l 12
A5J2
A5J3
A5J4

ASK

I

A5

ll
A5L2
A5L 3
A5L4

A5L5
A5MPl
A

5HP2
A5HP3
A5C l 1

A502
A5Ql
A5C4
ASC5
A5C6

A507
A5Q8
A5Q9
A5C 10
A5QI

l

A5C l 2
A5Q

l3

A50

14 1 8
A5Cl5
A5Cl6

A5Cl7
A5Ql8
A5Cl9
A5C20
A5C2l

HP Part

190 l-00
1901-0040
190

l-0370

l9ol-0Ho

1901-0040
l9vt-oo4o
l9Ul-0040
1901-0040
1901-0

l901-U040
190

l-0040
1901-0040
1901-0040
1901-0040

190

l-0040
1901-0040

l~Ol-ll040

1901-0041)
190 l-0020

1901-00l!>
190

l-OU
l

901-00L5

1

901-0044

1

901-0025

1901-0020

1

~01-0410

1901-0040

1901-0040

9U 1-004\J

1901-0040
1901-0025

l90l-OOL6

901-00

1

1901-0040
19lll-0040
1

901-0040

1901-0040

01-0044

10-000

51-0213
1251-0213
12 51-1283

1251-209

0490-092
9 1

00-164

9 1

00-lo4l

9 1

00-1641

9100-1041

9100-228~

1205-009~

2110-0269
01331-00002

854-0022

1

854-0358

1854-0022

d54-007

l

1854-0221

1854-0071

1854-0071

18

53-0036

18

53-0036

1854-0022

54-0l34
1854-0234
185't-022

1854-0071

1

854-007

18

53-0036

18

53-0036

Number

40

0 40

2 5

25

l l

l

9
1 4

l

l

1

Table 6-2. Replace

Oty

OluDt:~ILICON

ulUllt:s

!LICON
UIOOc:SlllLUN
U lOIH·

:;; I llC

t

llODt:

S 1

ll

OICJOE:~

I
0 l

OlUOE:SlLICU~

OIUOE:Sll.lCON
D

DIOUt:~lLICON

UIOOE:S ILICuN

•O
UIOOE:S lllCON
OIUOc:SILICON

OIGUE : S I
UI
DIUllE:S lllCON
OIOOE
UltlOE:' lllLON U-75A

U
OIUuE:S
OIOOt
UlOOt

2

0

OI
DIUDE:SI

l

Ol
UluOE:SILlCON
DIOOUS !LICON

OIO
OlUOt:SILIC
OIUUc:S
OIUOE
NUT

OIOOE:S
OlOOt
DIODE:
DIOOt:S
lJIOUt:

1-u•E:
CONNECTOR:

2

CONNEL

CONNECION:

l

CONNH

I

RElAY:l!ttD

l

COIL:MULUED
CUI L: MOLDtO (HOKE
COIL:MOL
CO

l

COIL/CHOKE

HEAT

6

CLlP:~uSE

SHI ELD

l

T

TSTR:SI

2

TSTR:SI
TST

2 TS TR: S I

NOi ASS I GNfU

T
TSIR:SI NPN
T
TSTR:S

NOT

NOT

TST
TSTR:SI

5

TSTR:SI NPN
TSTMISI

NOT

T

T
T
T

LIC.JN

l10E:

SIL

IUOt: ~ l

Ll

luU

t :

SlLICON

LICON

OOE

:s I LI

:s 1 LICON

IOOE:

S l

ll

ILICllN

: S I

LICON

: S !UCON

IOOt:

SI

LI

UOt:S ILICON

UUt:SILICUN

IJt:

S l

LI

!LICON

:S

lLICUN

ASS I

GNEO

I LICUN

:SILIC

SI

LI

ILICUN

SI

LIC

AMP

1

TUR:

. I

UR:PLI

DED

IL:

HULDtD

SINK: TMANS

STR:SI

NPN

NPN
NPN

R:SI

NPNl HLEC
NVNI Rt

STR:SI

NPNI SELE

PNP

STR:S

f

~NP

I

GN~D

ASS I

ASS I GNEO

R:SI

NPN
NPN

NPNIHPL.8Y

ASSIGNED

ST~:SI

NPNI
NPNI SHEC

STR:S

I

Sr!USI PNP

PNP

STR:SI

abl

e Pa

rts

(Cont'd)

Description

]0

50

HA

wV

]0

50.

HA

WV

MA

JO

50

UN 35V

CUN

35V

50

I ClJN

50
50
50

CUN

50

50
50
50
5u
50

50

CON

50
50
50

CUN

lOOHA/lV
l OOMA/ l V
IOOMA/

20HA/l

CLIN

lOOHA/lV

0.

3A

400PRRV

50
50
>il

LON

50

ON

l OOHA/ 1 V D

0.75A
lOOHA/lV

>O

ON

50

CON

50

;o

ON 20HA/

250V

PC

toGE

PC

EDGE

PC

6 T

l X 151

0 . 5 A

CHOKE

CHOKE
CHOKE

560

UH 101

I S

0.250

"

PL.

I

S~LECHO

SELEC

MA

30

MA

30

HA

J O

MA

30

HA

30

HA

JO

MA

30

MA

JO

HA

30

MA

30

MA

30

MA

30

HA

30

HA

30
200PIV

I V

V

200P

75A

MA

30

HA

30

MA

30

HA

JU

200PIV

;o

HA
HA

30

HA

30

HA

30

l V

15

CONTACT

15

CONTACT

UNING

500

OHM

240.0

240.0

240.0
24

0.0

TOR
UI A

FROM

TED
av

2N404

FROM

CHU

2N4044

FROM

TEU
TED FRO M

•V

. v

WV
WV
llV

•V

loV
WV
wV
WV

•V
WV

.v

l<V

..

v

1 V

•V
WV

•V
WV

•v

WV
WV
WV

TYPE CONIACT'

15

CONT ACT

COi

L
UH
UH
UH
UH

ZN

3704

4 I

2N3704
2N

3704

FR

OM

I

2N37041
2N3104

J

I
1

I

Mfr
Code

0

7263

o7

2o3
07263
28

4d0
l8

480

07l63
0 7 2

6J

07

2<>

3

07l63

07 2t>l

07l63
0

72b3

0

7£6

3

0 7

2b3
01263

.:J7263
07263
07263
U72o3
04H3

0120;
J

7l6

3
07263
28480
07l63

04

713

04

713

U7 2

63
07l63
0726 3

0 7

263

7263

04713

1)

726

3

0

7263

07263

U/263
U7263

2&480

n915
9535

4

9535

4

026b0

95354

15636
28480
28480
2d

460

28480

1301~

13103
91506

28480
01263

28

480

0 7

263
28480
28480

28460

28

480
80131
80131

07£63
80131

80131
28480

28480
28480
80131
80131

Mfr

Part

• D

GlOdo
l-0Gl0d8
FUG10o8

l~Ol-0376

l9ul-03

FOi:.I

08d
fUGl08o
1-0(,1088

FDL10ts8

f0Gl0d8

l-OG108b
fuG108U
l-0Gl08b

1-

0l.

1008

FOGlO

bS

1-DGI

088
F0<.1088
fD(,108b
F

lJt.108•

Skl358

-li

Fl.1

~

j

ij

1

fU

2Jb7

Hl

2 38 7

hOl-0044

Fu

2Jo1

Sid

358-8
S"1d46-l2
1-0Gl088
Hlt.1088
1-0&lOdli

l-DG10

88

FO

23&7

Sk

135b

- li

1-U

238

7

F

Di:.1088
1-D(,1088
FUG10l>8
HJGl088
1901-0044

312001­91-691

5-1700-0U

91-6915-1700­143-006- 0 7

178-118-181

RA3027l121
9100-1641

9100-1641
9100-1641
9100-16

09-A56lK

22258
b008-32CN

UlHl-Ou602
Sl7843

l

854-03
Sl7843
I

BS't-0071
1&54-

022

l65't-0071
1854-00

2N3

~06

2N3906

s

17843
2N)440
2N3440
l854-0l2l

1854-0071
1854-0071
2N

3906

2N3906

Number

/ 6

-1158

4 1

58

1

7 1

il\J

See

intr

oduct

ion

to

this

section

for

ordering information

6-7

Replaceable

Parts

Model 1331A

Reference

Designation

A5~22

A502J
A5Q

l 4

A 51.25

A501o

A5027
A

5030

A

5031
A50Jl
A5033

A

50

.l4

A~QjS

A>OJb

A

5037
A5U3o

A5039

A>040
A5C

'1
A5U42
A5

04J

A

5U44

A5U45

/A)(Jl.i(>

A5C47
A>048

A5049
A5Q50
A

5C5l

A

5052

A

5Q53

A5054
A

5055

A

5U5

6

A

505

7

A>058

A5059
A5h

I
A51<2
A5kl
A5R4

A5k5
A5Ro
A5R 7
A

5R8

A5R9

A5

Rl0

A5R

II
A5R l 2
A5R

lJ

A>R

l4

A

>R

15

A5Rlo
A5Rl7
A5Klb

ASK 19

A5R20

A5R2l

A

5R22
ASR23
A5R24

A~k25

A5R2b
A5R27

A5R28
A5k29

A5R30

A5R3l
A

5R32

A5R33

ASR34
A5RH

A5R3u
A5RJ7
A5

R38

A5R39

HP Part Number

lo54-UUU
1854-023
1

1853-00lO

1
lb54-007

1

10

1854-0215
18>4-007

1•>4-0071

lo

ld54-U071

Id

ld>4-0H~

lo 53-0081>

l
lb>4-u071

50•0-9<.2l

ld54-0u22
ld>4-007l

l

18><,

1
1
1•54-0215

18
1
l
l
lb

lll
07b7-00

07b4-00B
Uo&4-l0Z
0684-2241

Oo84-H2

0757-0388

0757-0<,58
0084-1041

Oo9d-

0157-085
Oo84­Obll­0084-2231

Oo84-o82

0157-0340
UI ) T
0
2 1
07>7-0450

Obtt
0664-470
0757-0367
0084-02
0684-0271

0687
OOtiT-104
0087-1041
0087-332
Ob87-H2

0757-0410 4
Ob98-334
0757-0
0157-0833
Ob84-22

Ob84-22
01>84-473
Oo84­2 1
0757-0422

4

854-0l34

855-0317

l

1154-Ul

l 5

54-00

71

l

54-00L2

>4-025

4

d53-008o

t>)4-007

l T >I

-03d

4 I

854

-02J4

854-00

71

54-Ull

>

•>4-0<,

7 5

d!>4-04

75 r

d5

4-007l

>3-00oZ

54-U2

15

l4

I

l

342

l I

1
I OH
1671

l

-0970

75

7-0200

00-<'9o3

4-1

0l

I

1

71

-4701 2
1

1
1

o

410

ll
11

1

"73l

00-2965

Table

Oty

1

l

I r

2 1 SI

I

2

I TS r

I

I

I

I k :

I

10 k :

l
l

I

z

1
l R:YAk 4

3

8

4
4

2

2

b

2
2

6-2

. Replaceable

NOi

A!>SIGNt-U

NOT

ASS I GNtO

TSI

K:SI

NPN

1<:

SI
s 1 N~N

AS>IGNIO

S I

STll:

SI NP1'

STk:S

I

STk:

SI

k:>

l NPNI

R: S I

~:S

I

SI

o<

: S I

TK: SI

o<:

SI

k:>

I

,.,,,..

k:Sl

I<:

S 1

Sit<:

S 1

sr.:~

1

.t:Sl NPN

1US

I N~N

R:>l NPN

~r":

s r

R:

S 1

II:

SI PNP

~Tl<:

S I

HlT
HE!
C.OHP I 00.l
C.UMP 2 20K

:FXO

<.UMP

Hu

~LH

Mt !
(.(JMP

MET

MET

FxO

C.OHP lOK OHM

W\iii

XU

C.UHP

tOH~

XO

HH
FLH

O

HtT

MET

COMP

:~xo

C.OMP
H( T FlH
C.OMP 2-7
COMP 2.7

COMP

(.(JHP

tFA.0

C.OHP IOOK OHH

C.OH~

COM

HtT
MET

HH
C.UMP

C.OHP
C.OHP
C.OHP
C.OMP
HET

NPN

C..l'.tU

NP" 1 >FUC

NP1'l

NPN

NP,._t >EUC TEO

NPN
NPNtSELH.TfO
NPN
NPN

>'NP

PNP

N~NC>t:L[ClEO

NP,.

NP,.. I

NPNI
NPN

NPN

N~N

NPN

lllP1'1

NPN

2..7

S€C.T

P 3

r Sl

rsr.:

NUI

l<Ul ASS I

TS 1 K: S I PNP l
ISlk:UNIJONtfl

TSlk:

T

I

1

f>TR:>I
T Sl

IST

TST

IS

nrk:>I

TST
O:Sl
1Sfk:S1
T> I

T

r

TSTR:~l

TST

1S1
TS J

TSl

I
t<:Fxll
tl:FxO

11.:FXU

k:FXO

I<

k:FXO
l<:FXO
i<.:fXO

R:fXU

R:HQ

k : F

R:HO

k:F

R:HO

t<:fX

R:FXO

R:HO
R
t<:fXO
R:FXU
R:FXO

R:FXO
K:l-XO

H.

R:f~O

t<:FXU

1l:HO
M:FXO HE I

Rl~XO

R1FXO
R:fXO

R:FxO
RIFXO

R:~xo

RlVAR
RlfXO

Parts

Descri

ption

>tU

oC !

EU

ON

SI
TtO

>Ht<.

no

SElt<.TEU

>ti f C.1

EU

HLH.TfO
2N5

1o4

I

SEltC fEO

SfltClEU

fLM 1500

OX

3.!00
30
fLH 51-

IOOK

FLM 4b.4K UHM

fLM

l2K

6.8K

flM
150K OHM

HM

flH

1

4 7

47

IUO~

3300

flH Sil

flH

flH

~lH5

220
220 OHH

4 7K
47K
2000

fl

3J

.l

OHM

43.LJ(

OHM

OHM IOI

10

5-blK

SUK/

22.

00

OHM
OHM
lOOK

OHH

OHM

OHM

300

4-22K
511 OHM

.ll

OHH

UHM

OHH

H

909

OHM

51

OHM
OHM

1

OHM 101

OHM

I

II

OH.~

IK

OHM

1

OHM

IOI

51

2W

OHH

IOI

ClhH

2~

OH

3K/

25K/ lOOK
UHM

IK

IOI

IOI

OHM
IOX l
101

HJ%

1/'1'11

OHM IOI

10i

OHM 101
OHH

lOi

OHM

OHM U l/2W

K

OHM u 112

IOI
I OS

I OS

1

0*

UHH

20lt

OHM u 118•

(Cont'd)

h\OH

2N

H02

J

t-

ROH

2N3704

I

1-k

OH

21'3104

1

HOH

2N

37041

fkOH

21<

3704

I

2N3704

FllOH

fROH

ft< OH

~t<(JH

fkOH

fkOH

51
lW

0~

114•
l/4W

l/4W

OI

l/8W

u

0~

l/41o

1'

1-0\:

l/4W
l/4W

l/41o

l/8~

"

l/8W

M u

U

l/4W

l/4W

u

/'oll

l /411

l/

1/ 2

II

l/2W

ll
IS l/8W

1/4•
l/'tW

l/4W
l/4W

o.zw

I

21"3704

1

2N

37U4

I

£1<Hv41

2N

370

41

ZN37U4

1

3•

I/SW

l

/2W

l/lW

l/8W

l/4w

30l

ll&W

112•

2W 0

~

lo

l/811

..

Mfr

Code

012b3

8u

131

8013

28480
04

713

l848U

00131

284&0

801)
18480
26480 l b5't-OO I l

u7

203

2b4b0

2114~0

2d480
00131

8013
28400
2b480

07203

2•4b0

2d4&0
80131
6013
28480

80131

tt0131
2o4&0

2&4d0
2n480

8013

80131
28

4SO
211480
01121

01121

01121

28'>80

28480
0112
2d480

.l&480
01

lll
28480

01121
01121

28460
28480
2•480

28480

2&480

01121

0112

2841>0
01121

121

0 1

01121 EB4701

1121

01121

0112 1

01

12 1

211480
284EO
2d480

284d0

01121

01

IZI
01121
0112
284
28480

Mfr

Part

s l

7843

2

..

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

80

3440

2·~H

40

l

85J

-00

1'1U48'14

I

854-0071

2N3904

1854-0071

lN3q04

l 054

-007

s l 1

•43

1

&54-0071

1854-0254

1854-0Hd

2~5087

2N50H7
1

854-0071

5080-~b22

Sl

7o43

1

854-UUl

l 854-0
2N)l84
2r.3440

I

b54-007l

21<3904

2N3904
1

854-04
854-0475

1

I

b54-007l

.l

N3o4>

21'3.,,04
U7o7-00
0704-0033

l8

1021

C8

l24

C.8

3J2
075T-0Jd8
0757-0458

1041

C.b
0698-3423

0

757-0851

C.8

10!1
0611-1
Cl\ 2231
C.b

b8ll

0

751

-0346

0757-097b

0757-0200

2

I00-29b3

0757-0450

CB

1011
C.b 4 701
0757-0367
Ch

l7GI
Cd Z 7GI

1

041

Ell

104

H

Fb

332

E~

3321

07>7-<l'o

Ob9b-334b
0757-0410
0757-0833
Cd 221 l

CB

2211

(.g

4 7
C.8

4131
2100-29b5
0757-0422

Numb

er

20

l

l

071

75

l 4

l

l

b

7l

1
1

lo

31

)

6-8

See

intr

oduction to this

sect

ion

for

ordering

information

Modell331A

Table

6-2.

Replaceable

Parts

(Cont'd)

Replaceable

Parts

(

(

Reference
Designation

A5~4 0

A5kH
A5k42

5k43

A

A

5r...

44

A5R45

A

5~4b

A5R47
A5R

48

A

5R49

A5R50

A~R51

A5R52
A5>-53
A5K54

SR

55

A

A5~56

A5R57
A>f<5S

A>k

59

5R60

A
A

5k6

l
A5kb2
A

5H3

A5"64

5Ro5

A
A5f.6b

A5kb

7
A5

Rb8

A

5R69

A5R

70
A5R71
A5

k 1 2

A>k73
A5t<

74

A

5k

75
A5k7b
A

5k

11

A

5k

78

7

~

A 5R

A

5Rd0

A

5"8l

A

5R82
A5R 83
A

5h84

A5R85
A

5K8b
A5R 87
ASP.88
A5k

89

A5

k~8

A

5R99
A5k 100
A5

k l 0 l

A5R

10<

A

5R

10 3 07 S
A5R 10 4
A5Rl

05

A

SR

10 6

A~R

LO

7

A5kl06
A5k

109
A5k 11

0

A5R 11

l

A>k 11

2

A5R 113
A5R

114
A 5R

115
A5R 116

A

5R

11

7

A

51<

118
A

5R

119
A5R1

20

A5R

12

l

A5Rl

22

HP Part Number

Ob4S-.il

; 9 4

0098-

315

9

01>9&-

0085

0690-00&5
0

757-0413
0757-0394
0757-0

394

0 7 5

7-074

6

0757-0&Zu
0 7 57-0745 2
Ood4-102
Ob98-

06"18-36

Obq8-3o

Ob9b-3b
0757

0687-4701 R:

Obd

068
Ob87-332l
O
0757­Ou98-H4b

0757
0

Oob4-22

Oo84-l2l
Oo8

Oo8~

2100-2Y65
0751-0422

Oo~o-Jl59

Oo98

0098-0085

0698-0085
0757-0

uH7
0 7 5 7
07 5
0
07>7-0820

Ob9b-364
06Y8
Ob9o-3
0<>98-364

0
0757-0280
0757-0446
0757-0462

0<>84-1011
008
075 7-09
°""8

068

07)7-09
0757-0442
075 7-097
0

0 7 57-09
0&84-lO'ol
0757-0338
0084-1031
0757-0972

068
ObH4-l03l
0767
0757-0700
0698-0082

1

3o47

..

7

ft.

1

4 7

-03<>7

7-1041

7-1041

b87-H

21

0416

-0410

757-0831

l l

l

4-4

731

-4

7.il

- J 1

59

413

-0394

-039

4

7-074>

757-083

2 2

7

- 3

b4

7

647

7

757-0lll

7-0926 l R

4-1831

48

-3158

4- l

031

48

2

757-0442

72

4-1031

-0008

Oty

4 1<:1 XU

2

4 1-:FJ<.D

l

2 R

6

l
l

l

l
5
l

4

5

l R:HO

l
l
l

Id~

XO MfT

fl

l(

:H

I)
ASS I (,NED

NOl

N(

JT

ASS I GNW

R:fX

O MET

k

:f

XO

R:FXO
l<:FXU

:f

Xv

IUf

XO

R:F.>W LOMP 1

k!fXD

k

:F

XU

R:HO

1<:FX

O MET

":fx

u MET

FXO

1<:HO

R:FxD

k:FXU CUMP

k:

Fxo
k:HD
R :F XU

R:

HO
l'<lf

XU

k:~x o

R

:F

Xll COMP

R:FxD

k:~

x o

R:VAR
tU

FXU
l>.:FxO
R:fXO

NUT

A

R:fXO

1<01 A

R

:rxo M[ T FU•

R:rxu

k:rx

u

:FX

O

R
k:t-X

O

R

:fXU

R

:fXu

k:FXO

k

:fXU MtT
k:FXO MlT
R

:Fxu
N(Jf

A

NOT

ASS
R:Fxo
k:HU
k:Fxo Mlf
k!fXU

:fXU flM

K

:f

XO

K:FXD

l<:FXO

R:fXO

R:

FxO
R:HO
R:

FxU
R:FXO
R1FXO

R:FXO
k:FXO

1<:FXO
RlfXO

R

:fX

O CUMP l OK
R:fXO COMP
R:FXO
RIFXO FLM 20K O

RtfXO

M

Mll

fLM

M ~

T

fl.M

fLM

Ml T HM

Mll flM 51. l O

Mt l

fLM

MU

HM

MU

FLM

MU

flM

000

Mtl

ux

Ml T ox

15K

MU

ux
ox
HM

COMP 47 OHM 1

CUMP

lOOK

COMP l

OOK

3:.oo OHM lOt 1/211 01121

COMP

3300

MET

FLM 511 OHM
flM

MEl

Mll

FLM

MtT

fl

M

CO

MP

220
220

COMP

47K Ot1M

COMP

47K OHM

CUHP

2000

MU

HM
flM

l\ET

MEI

flM

SS lGNtU

MU

fLM

SS

I GNED

flM J92

MtT

H[f

t-L K

MtT

FLM

MEI

FLM

MlT

FLM

Mll

~LM

Mtl

o x l SK
ox ISK OHM
o x

Mf T

ox

SS l GN

l5K OHM

EO

l

GNtD

M~T

fLM 34.
FLM

"Cl

~LM

FLM

MET

l.ZK

COMP 100 U

IHK

C

OMP

fLM lOK OHM

MET

FLM

COMP l OK

HM

l OK OHM

MET

HM 10.0K

fLM

lOOK OHM 2:l

MET f-LM I Q

FLM IOOK
LUMP l OOK OHM lOl
HET

fLM

COMP l

OK

FLM IOOK

lOK OHM

MET OX
MET

flH

Description

2<>

-11< llHM

26-

2 . u

2

.b

392

51.

4.

75K

I . I

4.32K
OHM

lSK

l ) K
15•

l

1HJ

UHM 1

OhM 1
OrlM

4 .

l2K

5

11

5. l lK

UHM

OHM lOX

OHM

909 UHM a 1

2b.

lb.

2.0

2.

61K

51

. l OHM u

51.IOHM

4.32K

4.

751<.

l.

l

l>K

lK
15

.OK

75.0K

OHM

HM

UHH

23.

OHM

.OK OHM u l/8w

OHM

l.OOK

OHM LOl l/4W
OHM

OHM 101

lOK

HM

'ob4 OHM

OHM u l/

IK

lK

UH

M a

IK

OHM u I/

OHM u l/

HM u II

l O

HM

Ot1M

OK

OHM

OHM U l/4W

1

0~

OHM

5l

OtlM

5~

OHM

St

,.

()HM

K O

HM

0%

1/2W

0,

0•

l

Oi

U

UHM U l/

l)h

M

1'

OHM

10i

lOl

l OX

20%

UHM

lK
lK

OHM

1K

OHM

OHM u l/dW

OHM

II l/8W

OHM a 114•
OHM

OI(

OHM u l/

OiM

St

5\

OHM

51
5l

SK

OHM

OHM

ll

OHM
UHM U l/8W

21

I/SW

1

0~

lOS

21

1/8•

7K O

HM

101:

Zt

l/

UHM

l/

2l

l/8W

OHH U l/4

2S

I/SW

101 l/4W

OHM

5l

ll

I/

I S I/SW

u 1 /811

u 11

1'

I

~

l/4W

2k
2w

2o
2W

II

1/

l/2w

l/2W

11

11••

u 1

l/4
l/4W
l/4

l/'tW

0 . 2.

u 1

I\

I t l/8 w

IS

u

2~

2W
Zw
2W

ll
I/SW
Lt l/8M

l

/4w

l/4W

lS

l/4w
8 W

11 l/8W
8W

L/4

l/4W

JW

4W

Mfr

Code

8W

11

8 •

SW

8 w

dw

SW

l

/4W

l/

2W

l/

2"

2•

8 •

2W

12•

W
W 0 1

18•

18•

l/

OW

1/

aw

I/

SW

112.

2W

l/8"'

l/SW

W

W

Mfr

Part

0

0 0

0

0

0

1

Ob'io-31 59
069b

-J l 59

0<98-0u85

Ob9b-0085

7-0413

07 5
0

757-

.i394

7-

039

07 5

0

757-074

0757-0620

U7~7-0 74

Cb

1021

0698-3647
Ot>9d-3o 4 7

Ou96-J6 4 7
Oo.-.&-364 7
0757-0Jo"

EB4701

~

8 104 1

Eb

10

41

Eb

33

ll

Eb

3121

751-

04

Oo'l

o-334

0757-0416
0757-0833
Cb 2211
( b 2211
Ct\ 4 731

Ch

4731

2 100- 2

965

0757-U4

Ou'lb-3159
06%-3159

0698-0085
0698-00

0 757-0413

OH7-0394
0 7 57-0>9
0757-0

745

0757-U63l

757-0

820

0

Ob.,8

-36
069&-364
0698

-36

06

98-364

7-0L23

0 7 5

7-0

2b0

0 7 5
0757-044b
0757-0462

0

757-

0926

1011

C6

C8

1831
0757-0948
069S-3158

Cb

1031
0757-0948

0757-0442

0 751-0442

0

757-

0972

(.8

10

41

0

757

-033

CB 1031

0757-0972

CB 10

31

103 1

C

tl

0

7&7-0

008
0757-07b0
06'i8

- 00

2S4b0
28480

28480

28480
28480
2

0480
28480
l8480

2

846
2& 4

ti0

01121
28460
Z8460

:i'.8480

4::8480

20480

01

121

lll

0 1

01

lll

01121

848

2
284

• 0

2

li4

80

.lb't~O

1121

0
01121

121

01

121
2d480
2b4o0

284•0
284bU

28480
2848

20460

2b480
28400

lH't80

28480
2&46

2S4SO
28480
28480

2o4SO

2<148
28480
28480
28480

28480
01

121
01121
20

480
28400

0112
28480

28480
28480 0 757-0972

28480

284SO
01121
28480
0

1121

2S460

01121
01121
2

8480

28

480
28480

Number

4

1>

5

/

l 6

6

2l

8 5

4

4 7

7

4 7

7

8

82

See introduction to

this

sect

io n

for

ordering

information

6-9

Replaceable Par

Reference

Des

ignation

ts

HP

Part Number

Table

Oty

6-

2.

Replaceable Par

ts

Description

(Cont'd)

Mfr
Code

Mfr

Pa

Model1331A

rt

Number

)

A5R 12 3 07

A

5Rl2

~

A5R 1

25

A

5R

12

6

A'>R

12 7

A5R 1

2S
ASR 129
A

SR

13

C

A

5R

131

A5R l

32

A5R 133
A

5R

134

A

~R

13

!:

SR

13 6

A
A5R l 3 7

A5R

138

A5R l

39
A

5R 140
A5R 141
A5R

14

2 0757-0832

A5R 14 3
A

5R

144

A

5R

l'o5

A5R1

46

5R l'o

7

A

A51<H8

A

~R

14 9

A

5Rl5C

A5R

15

l

A5R

152

A5R l

53

A

51<

154

A

5~

15 5

A5R l

5c

A5R

15 7

A

SR 158
A'>R 159
A5Rl6C
A5Rl 6 1

A~R

162

A

5Rl63

A5Rl

6 4

A 5R

16

5

A5R 166
A5R l b 1

A

5R 166
A5R 169
A

5Rl7C

A5R

17 1

A

SR

17 2

A5R

17

3

A

SR 174

A5R

IB

A5R

17e

A5R

17

7 07

A

5k

17

8
A5k 179
A5Rl

8G

A

SR

18

l

A5H82
A

5R 183
A5R 18 4
A

5R

18 5

A5R l

86

A5R l 8 7
A SR 18 B

A5R l

89

A5R l

9C

A

5R 191

5SCk

I

A

A5VR l
A5VR2
ASVR3
A5VR4
A5VR5

57-04d
Ob84-l0H
06d4-I031
0684-103
Oo84-027l

0684-22U
Ou84-027l
0757-09
0 7 5 7-04
Oo98

0698-55b9
07<>4-0046
0698-5984
0084-102

0698
0 1
0684-L2
0698-0713

0 7 5 7
0 7 57-0281
0757-093
0757-0972
0757-0039

Oo98
0684-UH

0684-103
075 7-09'od

0

0 757­0757-0976
0 1
068

0157-0367
0684-4131

0684-274
Ob64-4 7'ol

0684-823
07

0151-onz

0684-4

01>84-153
0084-027
Oo84-027
ooa
0084-0271

0751-0401
075 7-040
0757-0
0 1 57-07>2

0 757- 0
0757-07!>5
0757-04
07!>7-07>5
0757-04

Oh7
0757
0757-0465
068
0684-22

Ob8
07H-07
U68
0 757-034 0

1

1

1

1902-0l
1902-0038
1

l I

1

I l

4 8
4 7 I

- 3 4

50

l

- 3 4'>1 l

57-0470

ll

-09

4 b

1 l

- 3

4l

6 l

1

757-09~4

095

1 2

57-0839

4 - 1

031

1 l

1 I

57-095

1

73

l

1
l
l

.. -02

7l

l

442

57-0400

..

10

10

4 2

- 0 1

96

- 0 1

96

4-1

02

l

11

4- L

02

l

4 9 l

4-4 7 ll

884-l.10

14

902

- 33

~ 3

~02-310

4

72

902.-3203

R:FXO
R:fXO C.O
R

:FXu COMP
R!fX
R

:

~)(

k:rxu COMP
R:FX
R:HO

R.

:Fxll

R:F

I

l
I
I k

I

I

l

2

l

L l<:FXO
I

2
2

2

l

l
I

l
I
l <llUOt
I
I OI

xD

NOT ASS I
M!rXO MET
l<:

f-

XO

:FXO

Fxu

R:

R:FXO HH FL H
R: F XU
R:f

XO
R:FXU
lo.:FXO

R:FXO fU4
R:fXO
R:FXO
R:Fxo
R: FXO

R

:F

XO
k :

fXO

NOT ASS I

R

:FxO COMP

l<:FX O

R:FXO
R:FXO

K:Fxu
R:FXO
R:f-XU COMP

R:FXU
R:FXO

NOT ASS I
R

:FXO

RtFXO

R:FXCJ
R:HO

i<:FXO F l M

k:fXO

NO

T

R:FXO

RIFXO
R:FXO
R:

f)(O

t

UFXO

R:HO
R:FXO

R:FXO

t<:FXU

R:FXO

Rl~XO

R:FXO

R:r~O

R: FXO

~:

~)(

R:FXO
i<:F

XU M
R:FXO

~=~xu

R: FXO
R:FXO
R

:FXO

~:FXO

RECTlflH.:Sl

UIOUE

OIOU[!bktAKOU•N

Ol

OOt
OOE

MET

FLM

415K OHM u I/

MP

I OK

OHM

IOI

IOK OHM

7 O

HM

LOS

'1M LOS

HM

2 l

lb.2K

42.2K

1500

OHM

~HM

33K

lK

0

'1M

U3K

lblK

20

OHM

M

2l

OH

._ OHM u l/8W

OMM

2'.I:

OHM

IOK

OHM

M 2 l •

SI< OHM

HM

LOI< OHM

21

HM

2l

HM

21:

OHM

IOK

UHM

OHM

IOOK O

OHM LOX
OHM

HM IOI

HM

21

OHM 10'1.

HM

O
OHM
UHM
UHM

1

OHM 101

100 OHM u 1

QI(

o.

25'<

l8L OHM

301

OHM

OHll u

30 I OHM

11< OHll

LO .

QI(

6 .

l9K
l'iK

HM

OHM lOl

OHM
HM

10.

QI( OHM U

JE

OtC. TYPE

7

5.0V
,.o
I / . BY

IOl

10 ~

OHM u
OH

I U*

MEGOHM

21

IOS

IOl

2'

10"

10:(

2l

l
lOl

10~

IOl l/4 k

hM

l l l/4W

lOl

2V

CU

MP

O

lOK OHM 1 01:

0

COMP

L.

22 OHM

U COMP 2 . 7 0

FLM

IOK O

MtT

HM

MET

HM

GNEO

OX

MET

OX

MET Fll1 d8.

C.OMP

1000

Ml:T flM

COM

P 2

MET

HM 24. 3

MET FlM 4 . 751(

I

OK

Mtl FlM 2 . 7 4

Fl M

2K

100._

FlM
MET

FlM

MET

fl

COMP 22K O

GNtO

IOK OhM

fLM

flM

l 8K O

HM

L3K O

fll1

l50K

McT

flM

LOK

MET

HM

COMP

47K OHM

GNEO

CUMP

270K

CO

MP

4 70K

COMP o2K O
F l M 131( O

LOOK (JHM

COMP 4 7 K

ASS l

GNt

O

COMP

l'>K
COMP 2 . 7
<.OMP

2 . 7
COMP

2.

CUMP

2.r

MET

flM

KET

HM 100 O
FUI LO.

ME T
MtT

HM

14ET

HM

MtT

FlH

F l M

12.lk

flM

MET
FlM 12­MET

HM

U

HM

MH

FLM b o

MET

tT

F LM IOOK OHM

(.UMP

lOOU O
CUMP <20

C.OMP

1000
Fl M 614 0 O
CUMP

41U OHM

MET

fUI

B~cAKOOWN:

8

RtAl(llUwN:

BREAKOO•N:45.3V

BkEAKuOw~:SlllC.UN

SW

l/4W

l/4W

l/4W
l/

4W

l/

4W
/4W

l

l/

8W

O

HM

ll

I /dW

OHM u L/ So

2i

I W

Sl:

2W
I.

OX

OHll

10~

M u

OHM

l /

l/Bw

II

l/
I/

HM

l:l

l

Ol

O

HM

()HM

l¥

OHM II

U

HM

O

HM

10

L

O'

L/2W

l/4•

1/

...

11 aw

l/

4W

u

ll2•

u

112•

8W

l/bW
l l

l/2W

ll

l/lW

L/4W 0

l/4W
8•

8 W
8W

l/8W

II

112.M

l/4W

ll

II

2•

l/4W

l/'olo

/4W

l

*

l/4W

l•

•

l/8W

l/4W

l/

4W

l/

4W

l/

4W

1

14•

/8W

1"

l

/8w

U

II

&•

II

l/4W

l/oW

ll

Ii

l/8W

L/4W

ll

l/8W

l/4W

l / 8

o<

u

112•

u

lib

:

u

I I

d"

% l /4W

l/4W

l/4W

l/4W

l/4W

2N5060

5%

Sl
lOl

5~

L4.

7 v

51

2d480
01121
0112 1
01

12 1

lll

121

0112
01

121

2d•80

d48

2
28480

28480
2B480
28480
01

121

28480
2&480
0112
28480
28

480

2d480
2d

4 8 0

28480
2b

480

28480

28480

1121

01121
28480

284&0
2d480
2b4b0

2.d480
O

Ll2

28460
01121

Ol

l2l

01121

0

1121
28480
28480

Oll21

0

1121
01

121

01

121
01121
0112

28480
28480

28480
28480

28480

28480
2&4
28480
28480
28480

28

480
284d0
28480
01

12 1
01121

0112 1
28480

01121
2•480
04713

2•480
U

471

2d4d0
28480

28

480

1 CB

0

1

l

1

80

3

0757-04bl

I

031

CB

(.!;

1031

(,h

10

31

C.6 2 7GI

220

1

CB

27GI

0

757-Q

q45
0757-0447
06%-3450

Oo9b

- 5 5

6q
0 764-0046
v698

-'>9

84
Cb L02

1

0698

-34

5 1
0 7'>7 - 0 4 70
Cb 2211
06%

- 6 71 3

0757-08J2

0 757-0948
0757-02111
0757-0931
0751-09

7 2
0

757-0

839

Ou98-34

l6

Cb

22J

I

CB 1031
0

757-

0948

0757-095
075

7- 0 9

51
0

757-09

76
0757-08

3 9
Lt> 103

1

0757-0367
Ct>

4731
2741

CB

C.!l

4 7

41

Cb

8231

0757-0951
07

57-0972

(,8

4731

C.8

15>

1

CB

27G

I

CB

2 7Gl

CB

27Gl
2 7 (,L

ca

0757-0401
0757-04 0 L
0757-044l
0

757-

0 7

52
075 7-0

406

04

10

0 7 5 7­0

757-

0755

751-0410

0
0751-0155

7,7-0442

0

0 757- 0

196

075 7-0 1

90
0757-0465
C.B I 02

1

C.B

U Ll

CB

l O

ll

757-

0749

0
CB

4711

0

757-0340

2N50b0

1902

- :JJ<, 3

Sll093~

-ll

1>02-0172

l~02-U038

1>02-32

0 3

4

0

6-10

See introduction

to

this

section

for

ordering

informati

on

Modell3

31A

Repla

ceable

Parts

(

Table 6-2

Reference
Designation Code

A5V

Ko

A5VR7

ASVK8

A5VR9
A5VR

10

Ao
A6

RI

.,,

R2

A7

MPl

A7

A7

,,.P2

MP 3

A7

A7

MP4

A1

RI 01>87-

A7

R2

AS 0 1

HP Part Number

1~02-0074

l

90i

-H2

~02-3139

902-3102

l33l-ob507

981

-bll03

lol-47102

1021

33l-bl

901

l

1

hUZ-3182

1

O
0757-0462

21uo-2
Ol 33l
00130-41214

OOldl-47101
OO

Ob87-1021

Qty

l
l
l UI
2

I STOKE

I

l
I

4

3

2

l

. Replaceable

DIOOt:dRtAKOOWN

OIDDE

DkfAKDO•N:42.2V

OOE:8REAKOU•N

OI

OuE

BhEAKOOWN:SILICON 12. l v

D I

OjE

l!KcAKOOW~:SILICON

MlASSY

T I

h:fXO

MtT

R:VAR

CU~P

HIGH

VOL TAGt TRIPLER

CLAMP:C

k T L

NUT ASS I GNED

GASKtT

: H I

GASKtT:HIGH

.

k :

fXO CUMP

R :

fXD

CUMP 1000 O

SWI TCH PUSHBUTT

Description

7.15V

8.25V

fLM

75.0K

I

MEGOHM

EAD

GH

VOLTAGE

VOLTA~E

100

0 O

HM 10,
HM loi

ON

Parts

(Cont'd)

SX

400MW

5~

5% 0 4

OHM U l/dW

2u¥

ASSY

CONN EC
CCNNEC

ASSY

12

L I N l

TUR

11

2•

112•

- 1 v

TU~

5%

~'

/4W

Mfr

04713
28480

713
28480
2&480

28480
28480
28480

28480
28480

28480
28

480
01121
01121

28480

Mfr

Part Number

SZ I 09 39-

9u2

- 31

-41214

021

10

2 1

1- 6

1"0

- 158
82

1

47102

190

1902-3323
SL10939

l
1902-3ld2

Ol33l-bb50

0757-04b2
2100-298

01331-<>1103
001&0

00181-4710
00181-

EB I

H

0133

7

1

1

Ml"

f\fl

..

OO<hJJ U.

011.21

O?bb~

0

4111

0 7

263
08ti01>
13Qlq
13103
15

i,36

24~:;1

2d4eO

562h9

70~03

7

l'ttJO

71744

721~6

1

2.907

75915

7li't

l!i1 S

H127

80

13 1
82389

'1141

8

qiouo

~!;.3'.)

...

CQ~MO~

S.A

.

ALLEN

u~AnLE

AMPH

MC

f~

G. F .
A I
Th
ELEC-Tl<OL l f
SPECIALTY
HE•I

St'~A.GIJF

bELi)f.N

nus~M/o.NN

Lh

ttEC

(RI~

I I

CG~TIN

HECT<1li<IC

'ik

~At..llJ

AUfAT

l~tlrlfl1.>t

1..nkv.

E"lnl.

TO>.J

LA SHI

HCH IL(J

M I

Cll.

SUH

RCU
ERMAl LOY

FTT-VACKA

HFCTl<lC

CrJ

~ P

~F~

ICA

C.n

~lNTATU~F

Tl{i1 MflrlVF

TECH

~~LOGICA

TlfLHJSE INC

HCKPOL

t

~NTAl

TTCHC"At-

MATEl<IAL~

INC

.

MFG

C;\

LY

C[J>jNEC r

CAKr\dN

T

Table 6-3. List of Ma

MA~1iJFA(TlJk

Y

Cu.

~ll

NO UC

TUH

~

e~

h

H.,ST .

&

loll l\TlH<F

c~.

'<iC.

.

-<li<T
INDIJS

.

LAMP

Cll

.

INC.

OR

cu.

~.J

COl\P'lRA

co.

co

.

.

illV. MC GQ.AW-ED I

LA

·~p

V.Fli.

en

J

PK

!1D. INC

.

Cll

.

EllCTRfN

TRI ES A S>OL

INC

.

C[J.

CrJ

•

ER

Pr<Or>

r.

llE PT.

INC.

>l\JRKS

.

INC.

I CS CORP .

•llME

.T NC.

SEMICUNl!UC T OR D

ORP .

TF

HQ

~r'IN

.

IA

TI

ON

nufacturer's

IV

.

co

. n .

Code

Af)

ORESS

ANY

SUPPL I ER

MI

LWA

U~EF

Br<OAOV!Ew,
PHOEN
MOUNTAIN
CLEVELANll
W

ITCHI TA

D

ALLAS, TEX .

NOR

I

NDIAN

YOUR

N.

CHI CAGO , I
CHI CAGO. I LL .

W I LLll
ER

DES
ST
WAl\M
WASH!
CH
CHI CAGl'l.
A

TTLEllORJ

ROLLTNG

.

IX,

AKIZ
VIEW, CALIF.

.

. KANS .

TH1HOGE , CAL

APUL

rs.

NF

AK EST HP

ADAMS, MASS

LL.

LOUTS, MO.

MNT

IC,

PA

.

I f .

PLAl~f.S

, MARYS . PA.

INSTFR,

NG

Tm. o.c.

ICAGO. ILL

ILL

•

~

EADl) •

J F

WIS

TLL .

.

01110

CONN .

.

I

PA .

.
.

MASS.

.

IF.

I ND .

.

LL.

S,

U . S.

OFFICE

I LL.

Z

IP

COl)E

A.

53204

60

153
85008
94040
44112
67213
75247
91325
4

6227

0124
60644
630

b06
06226
1651
60016
15857
la

q74
20006
60630
60646
02703

60008

7

17
40

2

(

See

introduction

to

this

section

for

orderin

g i

nformation

6-11/

6-12

Model 1331A

Ch

anges

and

Options

I (

'

7-1.

7-2.
backdate
st
o

7-3.

7-4.

having the
of
different from
should
manual should
ment
supp
the
plement
n
this
plement A or
and
complete
ber

7-5. When using Supplem
changes

ser
ch

INTRODUCTION

This

section co
or

update

rument. Description

ptions

are

a lso

in

MANUAL

Thi

s manual appli

this

manua

be

A to

lied

with the

manual

B.

earest

HP

manual

model

(on title

first; th

ial prefix,

ange.

same

corrected.

this manual.

should

Supplement B must

number

serial number.

page)

CHANGES.

serial

l.

If

the

the

one

be

manua

be bac

Sales/Service

for a

ddr

Supp

leme

of

en

starting

ntains

this

of

special options and

this

sec

prefix

serial prefix

on

For larger

upd

ated as

l.

esses). When

nt

of your

Also

your

make

with

MANUAL

.

information

manual

tion

es

the

Suppl

For

kdated

Office (refer to

B,

instrum

man

ent

all

for a

.

dir

ectly to

shown

give

give

changes listed

on

of

the

title

page, the

ser

ial prefixes,

instructed

eme

nt A is

sma

ller serial prefixes,

as instr

be

ordered

order

the compl

ent

the

ual.

A,

make

the

low

required to

spec

ific in-

standard

instrume

the

title

instrument

manual

in

Supple

norm

ucted

in

from your

the

rear

ing eith

as

HP

est

er Sup-

ete name

well

Part

all

for

numbered

SECTION

CHANGES

nts

pag

e

is

the

-

ally

Sup

-

of

as

the

Num-

errata

your

VII

AND

OPTIONS

formation
in

ser
modifications requir
ins

trument. Amend the

by c

mation

if

applicabl

op

erati

opt

ion

7-10.
and

Hewle
a full descriptio n
plete

7-11.

7-12.
HP inst
request. Contact

Sa

les/ Service Office for

dard

7-l:

J.

ard

color

factured

scheme.

st

in

about

the

standard

t for the special

ed to produce the special

hanging

ng and
instrum

If

the

tt-Packard Sales/Service Office.

ser

it

to

includ

(a

nd

MANUAL CHANGES

e).

When

service manual will a

ent.

you h

ave ord

manu

al inse

ial

numb

these changes

ered a

rt

of the

instrum

er a

STANDARD

Standard

ruments

opt

ions.

Option

Model 1331A

scheme

prior

To

ruments,

options

at

the

the nearest

X95.

Option X95

whose

of

Hewlett-Packard inst

to

the

ado

ada

pt

this manu

amend

tab

instrument. The manu

opt

ion

describes

operating and

e all

special

is

missing, notify

ent,

nd

spec

service man

manual insert

sheet

pply

option

including the

ial

option

OPTIONS.

a re modifications
factory

information

ption

le 6

externa

of

al for u

-2

as

and

are
Hewlett-Pac
concerning

provides

l cove

rum

the current

se

with

follows:

the

factory

opt

inform

are

to the

Be sur

ava

rs match th

atio

made, the

spe

instrument

the

nearest

e to

number.

inst

alled

ilable

a s

ents

manu-

HP

Option X95

ion
ual

infor

cial

give

com-

on
on

kard

stan-

tand-

col

al

-

n,

e

or

(

7-6.

When using
listed for
numbered change.

7-7.

7-8.
and/

tion
modified
ber,

7-

9.

insert

ment. The

your

seria

SPECIAL

Most

cust

omer

or

specifications can be met

of a standard

in

this

such as

An

Model

operating

are

provided

operating and

Supplement

l prefix,

starti

OPTIONS.

special

instrument. A sta

way

OOOOA/Option

and service

with

application

will carr

each

service

B,

make

ng

with

by

factory

ndard instrume

y a

spec

ial option

COL

manual and

spec

ial

option

manual

all c

the

require

modifica-

a manual

contai

hanges

high

est

ments

nt

num-

instru-

ns

in-

MP6: Chan

01331-04102.

MP

7: Change HP

01331-04101.

MP

8: Change HP

01331-04103.

7-

f ./.

Opti

ard

Model 1331A
graticule.
6:Jl instruments,

Change

V 1:

5083-9180.

on

To

adapt thi

ge

63

HP

Part

Part

Part

I.

Option

with a CRT

s manual for use

amend

HP

Part

No. a

No. and

No.

and

No.

and

631 provid

without the

table

nd

Mfr

. Pa

Mfr

. Pa

Mfr. Part

es a stand-

with

6-2

as

Mfr.

Part

rt

No. to

rt

No. to

No. to

internal

Option

follows:

No. to

7-117-2

(

Model 133

1A

Service

8-1.

INTRODUCTION.

8-2.

This

section
replacement
lustrations,
8-1

defines
schematics. A disassembly
the

CRT

waveforms,
symbols

is

also

contains

information,

and

contained

component-identification il-

and

8-3. SCHEMATICS.

8-4.

Schematics

easy

reference to

The

schematics
function
include
assemblies.
ventions

8-1.
8-5.

a bold
page.
connections
breaking
by
indicates
indicates
source
or

destination

matic

8-6. A table

shown on
Component

eted

l

of

all

used

The

number

These

point, a

another

or

destination

and

from the

schematics

the

the

find

are

the

are

the

circuits.

or

part

Non

in

the

at

the

numbers

between

number

number

signal

associated

of

the

the

on

each

the

schematic

reference

schematic

printed

text

and

drawn

of

several

MIL-standard

schematics

are

numbered

lower

are

used

the

schematics.

in a circle

in

bold type.

or

circuit

schematic

of

the

signal,

circled

schematic

designators

SCHEMATICS

schematics,

test

conditions.

conventions

procedure for

in

this

section.

on

foldout

figures

to

Any

right-hand

signal.

turn

number

by

are

in

show

one

different

symbols

are

in

to

cross

is

The

and

the

that

To

to

the
in

lists

reference

that

listed

repair

used

removing

pages

other

sections.

the

electronic

schematic

physical

and

defined

sequence
corner

reference

At

each

shown,

question.

all

below

followed

circled

bold

contains

find

the

indicated

components

designation.

have

been de-

the

SECTION

AND

and

Table

on

the

for

may

con-

in

table

with

of

each
signal
circuit

number
number

the

source

sche-

table.

VIII

TROUBLESHOOTING

8-10.

Each

electrical

l

etter

and a number.

is

the

basic

reference

are

part

of

an

assembly
designation
assembly
stance,

8-11. Assemblies

assembly

deleted,

8-12.

8-13.
sub

assembl
cent
drawn
assemb

matics.
next
ry

on
ponent-location
more

8-14.

Section V.

, a prefix

of

which

resistor

reference

that

number

COMPONENT

Locations

ies

are

to

the

schematics.

to

shown

ly

may

The

component-location

to

the

schematic

the

assembly.

than

one

schematic

The

locations

component

Thi

s letter-number

designation.

have,

designation

the

component

R23

on

assembly

are

numbered

designation

is

not

of

components

illustrated

function,

appear

photograph

In

of

on

that

some

.

all

is

Components

in

addition

Al

consecutively.

is

reused.

LOCATIONS.

on

on

photographs

Since

the

portions

several

photograph

shows

adjustments

most

cases, a particular

may

appear

8-15. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE.

8-16.

Preventive
performance
spection,
prevent
and
manual.
are

lubrication,

breakdown

calibration

The other

covered

checks,

in

the

maintenance

calibration,

and

other

and

failure.

are

covered

preventive

following

consists

services

Performance

in

Section V

maintenance

paragraphs.

ass

igned a class

combinat

to

the

indicating

is a part.

is

called A1R23.

assigned

assemblies

mechanical

and later

schematics
of a particular

different

is

printed

of

the

adjacent

are

shown

of

periodic

designed

of

services

ion

which

basic

the

For

in-

If

an

and

adja-

are

sche-

circuit-

com-

in-

to

checks

this

to

in

(

8-7.

All

components
schematic
boards.
etched circuit
areas

are

Components

of

the

schematic.

within

physically located

not

board

physically

are

shown

the

inclosed

on

etched circuit

located

in

the

areas

uninclosed

8-8. REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS.

8-9.

The

unit

in

this

manual

of

USA

Standard

for Electrical

dated
standard,

may

March

be

noted.

due

system

and

1, 1968.

to

of

reference

is

in

accordance

Y32. l 6-1968, Reference

Electronics

Minor

design

and

manufacturing

designations

with

Parts

and

variations

the

Designations

Equipments,

of

the

on

an

used

provisions

from

the

practices,

8-17. MECHANICAL INSPECTION.

8-

18. Periodically

aged components, excess

Look for loose

all screws

8-19. Refer
repair
ing

damaged

8-20. CLEANING.

8-21.
cleaned

and

and

replacement

Painted,

with

inspect

and

misaligned

fasteners

to

the

paragraphs

components.

glass,

a commercial, spray-type,

grease,

are

for

and

the

instrument

dirt,

assemblies.

tight

in

instructions

plastic

and

corrosion.

Ensure

and

serviceable.

this

section

on replac-

surfaces

for

dam-

that

can

window

on

be

8

-1

Service

Model 1331A

cleaner
Excess
as

Miller-Ste

8-22.

and
fine a
fine
areas
an a
FILM

8-23. SWITCH MAINTENANCE.

8-24. The push

ment

serv

becomes defec tive ,

recommended.

8-25. REPAIR

8-26.
for rep l
co
e

tch
8-32. S
use in

or

with a mild

grease can be removed

M-180

ice. In

mponent

ed circ

FREON

venson

Cor

roded

water.

particules

Stubborn res

brasive. When

do

should

pplication

88.

have been

The

ect

ordering

be

of

button

the

following

acement

s. Special servici

uit boar

ion

VI provides a detai led p

repl

spots

prot

event that

of

soap and wate

TF

DEGREASER produced by

Company

not fall

a silicone resin

designed

replacement rather

AND

assemb

ds are

acement parts.

.

are

best

idues

using

abrasives,

into the

ected from

switches

one

REPLACEMENT.

paragraphs prov ide procedures

lies, sub

ng
provid

with

a degreaser

removed

can

be removed

be careful

instrument. Such

furth

er corrosion by

such

as

used

in this

for

long, troub

of these swi

than

asse

mbli

instructions

ed in

arts

r solution.

such

with

soap

with

that

GE

DRI-

instr

u-

le-free

tches

repa

ir

is

es, a

nd

for

the

paragraph

list

s for

h. Loosen

shi eld s

holding low voltage rectifier bo

a

of
ly).

gras
pliers

nec

from flex l

upport

i. Remove two screws

Slide low vo

j.

ins

trument (not necessary

Remov

k.

ping

and

I. Remove two

tor

A 7

Pl.

m. Remove fiber

Bo

th

hi

gh vol
tially
to ch

n. Remove fl

CRT base

MP1

9.

ltag

e co

llimator lea

center

pulling

ead

ass

of

dir

ectly aw

screws

connector A 7Pl.

the

CRT

tage

tripler

dangerous

is before ha

ex

lead

cla

mp

screw on

in

right

ard A2

e r

ect

ifier

to re

dot

fastener

ay

holding

board and 3 rubber

WARNING

post

accelerator

can retai

charge.

Discharge

ndling

from flex le

.

board

move board entire

d from CRT

with long

from

CRT

flex l

I

and

n a poten-

.

ad conn

fram

toward

.

ead

the

both

CRT

e MP5

top

by

nos

con-

gaskets

ector.

-

e

8-27.

CRT

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.

To

prevent

m

as

k or goggles

W

ear protective gloves

CRT

8-28. To rem

a. Remove top, bottom, a

b. Remove two

high

vol

tage

c.

Disengage high voltage
from its sock
ly).

d. R

each und

board

and remove wires from

e. Re

move contrast scree n MP3! by pulling up-

wards

.

f. Remove

sc

rews.

g. Remove

fo

ur screws.

personal

carefully.

ove

the

power supply board A

et (not

CRT

CRT

WARN

ING '

injury

when handling

CRT, proceed

sc

rews in left fr

necessary

er

high

voltage

CRT

bezel MP23

socket

cover

, w

ear

the

and

hand

as

follows:

nd

both

side covers.

ame

3.

power supply

to remove

power

neck

by

removing

MP17 by

a face

CRT.

le the

MP4

holding

board

board entir

supply

pins

.

four

removing

~

Attempting
an

angle can

keyway.

Gently

o.

p.

Grasp

fingers

while
CRT shield.

grasp
CRT is clear

e-

8-29. To

Obs

on CRT shield

graticule is

ensure
sl
CRT shield
shield fo
Tight

of oth

q.

Apply

guiding

r. When face

CRT

install

erve

the

a.

Before

b.

Before in

that

ot

in CRT shield. To cent

rward

en

nuts.

to remove

pry

CRT

CRT

er hand

steady
flex lead

at edg

es

of

front

CRT, reverse

following

tightening

support

square

with

sta

neck

support

or backward

the

break

the

socket

flex lead

forward

of

of

panel.

lling

pins

MP1 9 to CRT

with

agains

t b

pressure

through large

CRT

is

face

and

precautions

CRT

MP19, ensure

front

pane

wir

es on

are

acc

er, loosen two

until

CRT

socket

CRT b

from CRT base.

one

hand and

ase

of

CRT.

circul

clear

of

pull forward

removal procedure.

:

hase

l.

CRT

uately

shield

pins

at

ase and

to

base

ar

front

cla

mp
that

neck

centered

nut

s hol

and

are

centered.

of

hole

pane

screw

mov

place

CRT

in

l,

until

CRT

pins,

in

ding

e

8-2

Model 133

1A

Service

8-30. SEMICONDUCTOR REMOVAL AND REPLACE­MENT

.

8-3

1.

Figure 8-1

on

the comm
devices. When
nosed pliers
the soldering iron.

su

re

en
heat by us
for

8-32.

sufficient lea

ing the

the

original part

CIRCUIT

8-33. The following

regarding

is included to help

on

shapes

removing

as a heat

When

d l

ength

same length

.

BOARDS.

paragraphs

servicing

procedures

and

sizes

identify
of

the leads

semiconductor

a semiconductor, use long-

sin

k between the device

replacing

to

a semicond uctor,

dis

sipate

the

of

exposed lead

provide

for

etc

soldering

as

information

hed

circuit

and

used

boards.

8-34. BOARD

8-35.

Square-pin

cuit

boards by the co

Con

nector

e

ith

er a

a

nd

Q h

of board conn

8-36 . SERVICING ETCHED

8-37. This instrument uses
with

plated-through compon
compon
ing
large

ents

from e

compon
the soldering
pr

essure to
Service
on

8-38. HEAT SINKS .

8-39.
of
fully
the
heat s

Note

repair

The heat

the

friction type. They

pulling

hottom

ink

transistor

CONNECTIONS.

connectors

lor

code

pins on

num

ave

been omitted. Table

plugs

and jacks

eral or a letter. The le

ections used in

to be removed

ith

er

side

of

the

ents,

such

iron

tip

from l

the

part

to

lift

M-20E con tains a

of

etched circ

sinks

them

of

on.

Transistor

legs

are

uit boards.

used

off. When rei

the

transistor

bent.

are

identified

of

the

8-1

the

instrument.

CIRCUIT

etc

hed circ

ent

holes.

or

replaced by

board.

as

potentiometers,

ead

to lead while

it

from the

dditional

on

this

instrument

can

be

removed by car

nst

before pus

dam

age

may res

connect

are

identified

tters

shows

BOARDS.

uit boar

This

When

board

information

alling,

on

cir-

ing

wire.

by

G, I, 0,

the

types

allows

unsolder

removing

rotate

applying

. HP

are

all

support

hing

the

ult

if the

8-40. TROUBLESHOOTING.

8-4

1.

The

most
troubleshooting
is designed to
panel

controls.

important

is

understa

operate and

Improper

prerequisite

nding how

correct

for successful

the

use

control settings

instrument

of

front

or

circuit

ds

e-

connections c
Section

a

nd

connectors a
Read Section
planations

8-42.

If

strume
might suggest
all c

ir

cuit

and

are not sh
obvious trouble is found, chec k
voltages
troub

leshooting, also check the

an cau

III

(Operat

of circuit

trouble

nt. Look

board

in

the instr

se appar

ion) for

nd

general

IV (Principl

theory.

is

suspected,

for

loose or

a source

connec

ort

ing

of
tions
to

ument.

ent

malfunctions. Rea

an

explanation

operating

es

of

visually

cons

Operation)

inspect

burned components

tro

uble. Check to

are

making

an

adjacent cir

Prior

the

to

good

power

any

externa

of

contro

ider

ations.

for ex-

the in-

that

see that

contact

cuit.

If

supply

extensive

l power

d

ls

no

sources.

8-43.

DC

VOL TAG ES.

8

-44.

On

some

of

the

schemat
indicated
Co

nditions
are
ditions for ma
on c
condition listed

8-45. WAVEFORMS.

8-46.

11

on

-

main
ment
wavefo
sch

emat
ditions, waveform
from

8-47. TROUBLE ISOLATION.

8-48. The power suppli

1331A are

for

for

lis

ted

adjacent

ircuit

Wav

to a

eform m

table 8-1) are

signal

paths. The

point

symbo

rm

measurement

ics. Like

one circ

uit

conventional and

active components

making

king

noth

adjacent

these

to

the sch

the

measurements

er, a lw

to

easurement

placed on the

numbers

ls are keyed to w

the

de

measurement

to another.

es

troubleshooting techniques.
a

nd

associated

illustrations

ics, de vo l

tages

(transistors,

voltage

ematics.

ays

the

schemat

measurements

Since

may

check

the

ic.

differ from

points (illustration

schemat

inside the

avefo

ics al

measure­rms

conditions adjacent

voltag

e m

easurement

conditions

and

amplifiers

respond

to

in

conve

Schematics 1 through

are

pro

vided

as

are
etc.)

the

con-

specific

ong

and

to

the

con-

vary

Model

ntion

troubl

al

6

e-

shooting guides.

-49.

The

pul

8
ent

ly

for

each

tions.

Schematic 7 is

8-20, 8-21,

and
de voltages,
8-21

is for

erase

function .

V is s

uitable for

se circuits on

of

the

8-22.

Figure

and

waveforms

store

mode,

The

test

troubleshooting

schemati

instrum

ent's

reproduced

8-20 shows

for write mode.

and figure

equipme

c 7

modes

aga

8-22 is for

nt

listed

the

instrument.

react

differ-

and

func-

in

in

figures

signal paths

Figur

in

Section

,

e

the

(

8-3

Service

Model

1331A

1

2

3

4

A B

At

c

D

E

MPI

F

)

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Circuit boards have plated through
component holes. This permits

ing from either side of the board.

REF

DESIG

C1
C2
C3
C4

cs

C6
CR1
CR2

GRID

LOC

C-3
0 -2

C-3

B-3
B-2
0 -1
0 -S

C-4

REF

DESIG

CR3
CR4
CRS
CR6
CR7
CR8
F1
F2

GRID

LOC

0-3
0
B-4
B-3
B-3
B-3
E-4 R1 0
0-4

-3

REF

DESIG

F3
01
Q2
Q3
Q4

as

R2

solder·

GRID

LOC

C-4

E-4

E-4
C-S
C-3
C-3

-3

0-5

OESIG

R3
R4
RS
R6
R7
RS
R9
R10

REF

QI

"--v-Y

A2U.3

GRID

LOC

0·5
0-3
0 -4
B-3
0 -4
0 -5
0-3
B-5

REF GRID

DESIG

R11
R12
R13
R14
R1S
R16
R17
R18

~

A2U2

LOC

0-S

B-S
C-5
C-4
C-4
C-4
B-3
B-2

REF GRID

DESIG

R19
R20
R21
R22
R23
VR1
VR2
VR3
VR4

LOC

B
B-2
B-1
B
B-1

0 -4

0 -4
B-4
B-4

-3

-2

5

6

7

1331A/C-A-10

)

8-4 .

Figure

8-1.

Al

Component

Locator

Servi

ce

~SI

lJ

~iE

(9Bl

----0

(9B)

WI

;rv-L;M;

----

J4

-=

(918)

D

§]

(Bl

r -

-,

L2~0.J

I

I
I

I

I

S2

~E~~T~iG

(8)

VAC

OSI

·0}-----,

1

-:;-

Tl

(948)

6

12

5

(0)

15

(O~o3VAC}~3

(9)

-

r,:-;-i

L.:..:.J

RECTIFIER I I

ASSY

> f f

RI

~

IBOK

4

Cl

150UF

l

I

.--=

--

---

--.

I A I l l I

9

(96)

R2

IOOK

C2
300UF

l

I

I

1

I

~o

r;:5l

I

...,

L...:.:J

Pl

Pl\,

Pl-..~

J~

)2

)-.:+2oov\.V2

I I

PIX·~

/ I

.r-------..15

~

7 4

~13

I

I

3

M Al N

ASSY

(.;\

l

_J

11

AO

1,:,:

'"'

Pl

'----~

1

PI

._,;,~~--1~.t"\-...;,..;-~

1

RI

1

15

I I

14

·1 Pl
I

FI

.25A

.5A

F

2

Pl

~L_(6)

10

~

1 -21.Bv

VRI

Jl56o2V

R2

1000

~

ov

l

~'"

__

_J

Pit-

Pl

CRI

-5.2

v

I

REFER

TABLE

TO

SCHEMATIC

FOR

SYMBOLS

CONVENTIONS

NOTES

ANO

Cl
o

IUF

R5

43.2

I

R6

22ol

I

(0)

LI

TRACE

C2

20UF

i

\,

__

(95)

d

r-

>

(94)

-o.ev

RB

12oBK

K

CR4

RIO

3300

I -!ov

ALIGN
COIL

+50V

•

Ocw

(92l

t

J~gK

(7)

~

,....

-

--.

TRACE

I

._A~G~

I

e

0--

(918)
23VAC

~

7

®I

2

2

C3

300UF

I I J

_ .._

l

______

Pl,5~12~

I

I

R3

IOOK

I I

!p1\6

7

__J_

I

I

I

I

1

~

~9

__J

L

,-

)

I

~

5~

-

L....!..!!.

~

+

29.4V

---

A5Jlx

6

--J

1PI

Rl3
56K

I

I

/

CR5

olU

R

28.

C3

VR4

,111.1v

F

C4

2.2uf'

-lie

15

10

~

7V

+50V

R

1'7.

470K

Rl6

'

33K

1

15K

~21

3320

I h •

~' R~

470K

3

--

I·.:.:~

1331A-±
1331A-D-3

C6

20UF

R22

10

2

O

~I~

"

---

50V

00

!3

BK

POWER SUPP

A

CRB

LIES-

I

I

' 7

>--GND

I

REFERENCE

I I

c

CRl-B

Fl
QI - 5

RI -23
VRl-4

I

I

Al
1-6

- '

F3

IRll

o5A

"''

I

I

Pl

I

Pl

1 I PI >

I 2 -

,~-

Pl

...

,--~7

Schematic,

JI

A2

Cl­RI

- 3

UI

- 3

A5J~

50V

±50V

_J

DESIGNATIONS

CHASSIS

3

OSI

Fl
J4
LI

Ql,2
RB

Sl,

2

[!]

Figure

Power Supp

Tt

W(

8-3.
lies

8-5

!981

I

~

(918)1

~SID

(Bl

(908)

~

lo5A

I

Fl

SB

WI

.-- -

~'V

LINE;

--~

J4

§]

(8)

OSI

VAC

II

II

Tl

~0)

c

~948)

6

12

15

Lg

] I l

~(932)

14

~

I~

~

10

(93)

(9)

-

--

o I

Cl

150UF

1

----,

II

4

2

~

RECTIFIER I I

• • Pl

RI

180K

I'

R2

IOOK

ASSY

~

f I I

'

I MAIN

I I

FVO~

)2

~3+2oov@2

I I --

ASSY

/§-

I 0,,,,.,,,

Pl

~(Pl

1~15

Pl)

~

4~13

I

)Pl

RI
15

J

I

-

F2

o5A

""".

Pl

10~~

-21.ev

'

-0.6V I (5)

(0)

'\

•

~~~8~--

ov

~

I REFER TO SC

I

Pl

.....

----

.....

TABLE

HEMATIC NOTES

FOR

SYMBOLS

CO

NVENTIONS

ANO

I

---------+-----------+-

CI
o

IUF

0

C2

20UF

-1

.....

-----~~

~

~E~E~T~iG

(98)

l

~

II

9

(96)

--7?

fl

(978)'

12(968).

8

®I

~21

23

VAC

2

~

7 I

I

I

I

, I

~

I I

I

I

.

: I

r'

_ _lJ I

I

/ I

""'-

~

_ i

_-1

I I

300UF

C3

l

I

I

C2
300UF

IOOK

l

I
I

I I I I

Pf~

3

I I I j

I

I

Pl

5

I

I

I

I

I

R3

I I I

I I I I

1

...

)

·~·

I

~~

I

I

14

12

Pl

IRJJ

I

Pl

VR3

I

I

56.2V

' "

.:dA

1000

.5A

Rl2

F3

'

R5

J,x::,,

Pl

,-

-

'

' ) 5

"'

Ir

~

-----------·

-

-l

~'"

Pl

R2

1000

~(-..;._1

-

---

tt==::=.::....:..:

R3
43o2K

______.

-

Pl

Rl3
56K

_J

__

~

--

A5JI

"r-_=:Jrn-r--r--+,_,~

I CR5

_

I

Pl

olU

J

Rl4
287

C3

-50V

-5.2

v

VR4

,111.1v

-II•

Rl5

6810

C4

2.2uf'

7V

F

I

+50V

470K

I

RIG

'

33K

43.2

-

l

t

50V

IU"~v

R6

22.IK

CR3

V

~

R8

12o8K

~21

3320

,,

4rUF

R O

33o2

-50V
CR4

f I

C6

20UF"T'

R22

1000

l

R23

llo8K

tCR8

_l

I

I I

I I

I

~)

RIO

3300

~

)

ct

I

Pl

'

4r•

Pl~

7

:~

c

I

ICRl-8

Fl
QI - 5

RI -23

I

VRl-4

I

Pl

~

2

(94)

'

r-Ji

I

I

µ

L__

REFER I

1-6

-

~

)A5J~

l

__

I

I

L

__

_J

----

1331A-±50V
1331A-D-3A

,/

POWER

- -

SUPPLIES-

Schematic,

Model 1331A

1

2

3

4

A B

(9

c

A2

D

E

6

(HIDDEN)

-50V

F

5

(HIDDEN)

A5J3-5

4

(HIDDEN)

A5J3-4

3
(HIDDEN)
+50V

1

2

3

4

5

6

Circuit

component

ing

boards have plated

from

holes.

either

through
This permits solder·
side

of

the board.

R

OESIG

C1
C2
C3

R1
R2

R3
V1
V2
V3

EF

GRID

LOC

A-3
C-3

D-3
A-3
B-3
C-3
B-4
C-4
D-4

I

(HIDDEN)
A5J3

- I

2

(HIDDEN)

+

200V

5

6

Figure

8-2.

A2 Component

1331A/C-A-6

Locator

Service

I.

[_~=~

--,

-

r

2.

_ _J

L

Refer

to

MI L-STD-15-1 A

Etched

Assembly

circuit

Table 8-1. Schematic Notes

for

schematic symbols

17

18

19.

.

.

board

not

listed in this table.

Main signal path

Primary feedback path

Secondary feedback path

Model 1331A

1

3.

c-l1

L.::

_:-_:_J

4 .

~----,

I

5.

L

---~

6 . .

0---

7.

8.

9.

10

II

12

.

.

.

-:,

P/0

CW

NC

~

--L_

Etched

on assembly

Front-panel marking

I

Rear-panel Marking

Front-panel

Screwdriver adjustment

Part

Clockwise end

able resistor

No connection

Waveform test

(with

Clamp

circuit

of

number)

type

control

connector

board

of

vari-

point

20

21.

22

23

24

25.

26

~

~:

.

Cf)

.

El>

.

®

_,,.

--

fr'

'-~

.

(925)

Test

point

Field-effect transistor
(N-type

Breakdown diode
(voltage regulator)

Tunnel diode

Step-recovery diode

I

Circuits

·~

,.

with

dashed lines (phantom) show

function

I

to

be

complete. The

I

component

another schematic.

--~

Wire colors are given
numbers in parentheses
using the resistor

[

(925)

base)

or

components drawn

only

is

is

wht-red-grn

and are

shown in detail on

not

intended

circuit

by

color code

or

]

13

.

L~>-

[--,

14. __

15

16.[-4-

8

-6

J

>-

lJ~

Single-pin connector on board

Pin

of

a plug-in board

(with

letter

or

number)

Coaxial cable connected
directly

Wire connected

. socket on board

to

board

to

pressure-fit

27

28

0-

black

1 - Brown 6 -

2-

Red
3 - Orange
4 -

Yellow

.

*

.

Optimum

at

factory,
value shown; part may
have

Unless otherwise indicated:
resistance in ohms
capacitance in picofarads
inductance in microhenries

value selected

typical

been

omitted.

5 - Green

Blue

7 -

Violet
8 - Gray
9 - White

~:AIN

IP/0

~

ASSY

1@- 1 I

RI

1500

VR2

r

5.S2V

..............c

1

~

11--~~1·~~~~~~-=-::::~.~)

~

.......................

-i

................................

R5

3300

,_

........................................

C

R2

t

+ 5

0V

F

....................

-1

.........................................

C2

IOUF

t

+

50VF

+t58V

-;-

....................

~------~~

R9
4So4

K

Service

I

I

(2)

+ 158V

1

®v~3c

I

~~'~~~~~~~--

CR4

-~l-------

1

L__

_

__

___

CRS

, -t

I Cl I

i ,

•• "'_

L _ !

_

~

VRI

5V

7

+

Rl2

2. 1

R

ll

IOK

'::'

t

+

50V

'::'

15

9V

I "

""

'°

SC

HEMA"

CO

NVENTI

C NO H S I

YMB

OLS

AN

O

ON S

TABlE FOR S

CRI

< I

'::'

CR8

Rl5

10

-

---+--

~:~

+Oo5V

CRIO

'::'

R7

51olK

RS

30.1

Cl

-

'::'

0.1

I

l l .

SCRI

t

+

50

DO

"'"""

I

'::'

RB

IOOK

VF

NOT

+

C5

'=' I UF

I

85o3V

t

-50V

F

t

+

50VF

,,.

100

---

t33tA-+ 12

+

50oSV

CR3

+

+12.sv

(!§

'::'

06 V 8 + 158

1331 A-b-5

t

50

WF

I

"'

11.ev

I

"1-

PWR

A

RIO

43.2K

-

50VF

cs

0.01

SUPPLIES

t

~·~

.l.. /

'=' I

)

>--

\

r---

(902)

REFERENCE

Cl-S

CRI

Fl

QI

RI
SC

VR

"'·"

GND

A5

-10

- 4

-

21

RI

1-3

DESIGNATIONS

CHASSIS

Cl

03, 04

~

.J

~

Schematic,

+ 158V

and

+ 12.6V

Fig

Power

ure

8-5.

Sup plies

8-7

Model 1331A

FIELD

METAL

CASE

BLACK

Tlf

D

GS

OR

G D S

ANODE

~

WID~

',,

STRIPE

......._

~

,.,,.°'

EFFECT

(PLASTIC)

TRANSISTORS

EPOXY

METAL

m

m

S

GD

OR

GOS

DIODES

DIODE

SYMBOL

CATHODE

:

. * *

/

~

[~

'-

r ,.TH

tho

CASE

I

••

R

CONICAL

END

Bl-POLAR

BLACK

EPOXY

EC

B

METAL

CASE

TRANSISTORS

(PLASTIC)

TRANSISTORS

T);/

!ff

[[,

E B C

TRANSISTORS

DUAL

E C B

~

/

CATHODE

~

~

-

_J

CATHODE

D9ft~

nCATHODE

CATHODE

Figure

8-4.

Semiconductor

Terminal

Identification

7000-8-19

A

8 c D

E F

1

2

3

4

5

+ 12.

6V

ACCEL

+153V

+50V

GND

-50V

Z-AXIS

INTEN

BLKG

R3-W

GND

+50VF

MPI

(2

PLACES)

A3

(61

TO

'"}

(0)

Q5

1/

Jj

4

5

Figure

8-6.

A3

Component

Locator

1331A/

C-A-12A

A

8

c

D

E F

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

5

6

Circuit
component hol
ing

boards have

from

either

es.

plated

This

permits solder-

side

of

through

the board.

REF

DESIG

C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
CR1
CR2
R1
R2
T1

A4

GR

ID

LO

C

D-4
D-4
E-4
E-4
E-4
E-4
D-3
D-3
D-5
E-3
B-3

1331A/C-A

5

6

-8

Figure

8-7.

A4

Component

Locator

Service

Model 1331A

A7

(HI

R2

ODEN)

(947)

R3 (HIDDEN)

MP3

(945)

MP4

JI

MP3

8-8

Fig

ure 8-

8.

A 7 C

omponent

Loc

1331A-A-9

ator

ASTIGMATISM

WRITE

GUN

ACCELERATOR

FOCUS

WRITE

GRID

+12.6v-(1

A5J2

+158V-(4

+

5ov--<

-5ov--<1(

.,c--<

-

(6)

(2)

~I

GUN---~

(5)

(902)

~---}

WRITE

GUN

CATHODE

--

LI

It

~<--'""""'

I Pl

( •

A5J2

A5J2

A5J2

A5J2

I p I

I l

5

(

1

I

6

(

I -

220

L2

220

+..LC

I

i 18UF OSCILLATOR I

CR2: 1

"='

CRI

R4tl4
100

~+t206VF1

I

.l.

RI

'.I:

47

-=

I •

C2

-

6.8UF

:I: I

+158~

---

Pl

Pl

Pl

+50V

.~

R~·

Ic
itOUF*oO!IUF

•

-5~v

3

10

'Ob

--

--

FLOOD

GUN

HEATER

FLOOD

GUN

FLOOD

GRID

HEATER-

GUN

CATHODE GROUND

(928)

~-

B

L___,_,_

TRIPLER

--

"~:~~~.

P/0

I

A3-l

l

HVPS

ASSY

I

I

I I

~

05

----:i

~:~

5

.fo

Y"'J

10

> I I WRITE

A - - I : INTENSITY LIMIT

. c I C3 I 29M c

r-::..-<

~

: :

l~~~~TAGE

1J

!92l

~

-

C24
tOOO

+12.6vF

+ - - - - J I

)~:J

I 1

· I C4

~

~

I

L

2

L_

- - - - - -

(5)

RECTIFIER

Tl

-

-l

(8)

-=

4

700

cR1

4700 4700

CR2 R2 I I

--,

ASSY

I

I

) 0 •

I

TO

ACCELERATOR

(0)

CRT

_J

7 0

BLANKING-<IO

5@

1(0)

-- -J

-=

4700

I I

22K

4100

c5

C6

15K

RI

i!-AXIS

INTENSITY

1

I~

I :

<

946!

~

! I

~(

I I

~

~

POST-

5000

r-

_

I

Ice

4700

___

+50V

Pl

'\Pl

")

A5J2

-<.9

A5J2

+----------ie-----.1.

I

r__._

~

L3

22

I"

+50V

c23

C4

i

0056

REGULATOR f

R3

150

CRIO

CRll

02

+

+12.6VF

11.sv

-I0.8V

+50V

2

~ ~

R4

220

5110

o022UF

R5

C5

~R

+ 10o9V

X

6

IOOK

R8

IOOK

-2V
R9

120K

SENSOR

03

K I R4

6

~

(91""

·-·

R3

L·---·

I

(INTE~

(936)

CR4

R20
2000

REFER

TO

SCHEMATIC

TABLE

FOR

SYMBOLS

CONVENTIONS

R12

~~~o

~~

GUN

I

C9

4700

......_T"""

__

HV

ADJ

RIO

30M

-

C6

i

0056

P/O~I

"\

l>----T(t2

~

- -

J2 I Pt ' '

: I I

-

-50V

I

GATE

AMPL

07-010

in

R21
28o7K

t

50V

NOTES

A'40

1'4cr'~o

II

I

4100

VRI

VR2

::L.

-

--1-----<1>------~

-2915V

I 5M

L_

C7

1'

500

UF

R23

120

-50V

-

Rl9

6o8M

!6l

f

Cl8_

Oo4;.[

~F..,.

RI!!

2o7M

-~

cwPIFOcusl

(2)

I

-=-

+1.2v

~

(5)

'

(4)

~

I

I

.

-50V

R35

21.!IK

R36

21.!!K

+50VF

R34
20K

Cl7
5000

-7.ZV
C22

--1000

I+

12.6VFt

..,.

~

t

+0.6V

Cl9

.25-1.5

,,

INTENSITY
BANDWIDTH

-

;.,,.,,,,,,,,,.,

,

R9

IOOK

f

-

50

R38

l5K

..,.

R39
8250

v

GATE

5

3

2

ADJ

+50VF

37

R

IOOO

~I

____

9

~

603

VAC

CD

1

Service

R40

243

-+50V1

C21

o05UF

..,.

I

+50V

CRl2

'

FLOOD

GUN

ACCELERATOR

G2

..,.

I

VIWt I I

-PIO@]

~

I I 11.::;..

~--~0

~6l-coLLIMATOR

~EU.-

FLOOD

(6)

r

)HORIZONTAL@4

~

DEFLECTION

(9)

F ) VERTICAL

~

DEFLECTION

TO

GEOMETRY

NECK

PIN

9f(9:..:6:.:.l-::====ill------~~

1

8 . I

11'

I

I

•

1.,·:'

I----

P/O

.

l

5

r.;-i

~ASSY

l I I

1::(2
J2

r;=i

~

ACCELERATOR 23o7K

I I

Pl

I 41e2K

I f

L_

l

I •

·1·®7

® 7

GUN

ACCEL•®7

GRID

11

@4

12

<

l

5

HVPS

-kl

+l58V

-

-50V

t33tA-HVPS­t33tA-D-4A

~5)

(906)

CRT

NECK PIN

CONNECTIONS

(REAR VIEW)

TO

T~IPLER

@7

"'

REFERENCE

CHASSIS

RI

-R4,R9
VI
05

Cl-6

CRl,2

CI

-12,
CRl,2,4-6,t0-t2
Ll-2
02-3,7-10
Rl-24,31-41

VR

Rl,2

DELETED:

+158V

~

CW

'

:.i

1

-

I

A4

Rl,2

Tl

A3

17-24

1,2

A7

A3Rt4

RI

250K

'

rASTiG

~

~

-

50VF

"' '

DESIGNATIONS

XVI

1

-

~

[}]

Figure

Schematic,

;._qr-::i

High

Voltage

Power

/ 8-9/8-10

8-10.

Supply

Model 1331A

DC VOLTAGE

1.

Set

Model 1331A controls

MEASUREMENT

STORE ........ ............

INTENSITY

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PERSISTENCE.

POSITION

2.

Short
INPUT

3.

All voltages
All

indications

(HORIZ

center

of X INPUT, Y INPUT

connectors to shield.

are

slightly.

WAVEFORM

1

Same

2

Same

WRITE .
INTENSITY
Z

INPUT

MEASUREMENT

as

de

as

de

measurement

..............

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

CONDITIONS

as

follows:

. . ........

...

CCW

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ccw

and

VERT) . . centered

and

Z

referenced to
are

nominal

chassis

and

may

ground.

vary

CONDITIONS

measurement

conditions

...........

ground

dot

conditions.

except:

. . .... .

barely

visible

shield.

Apply

2-ms, 770 Hz, 1 V p-p

pulse

to center.

m

in

ov

Figure8-9.

+2V

50

V/DIV

10

USEC/DIV

Schematic3MeasurementConditions

20

0.5

V/DIV

MS/DIV

and

1331A/C-B-3

Waveforms

Service

) I Q (

r - - - 1 I

L

Y~N~U~

J I

J2

~

I

I
I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I
I

I

I

)

2

+158V -

+5ov-

-5ov-

r~

-=

I

(

f---'

~L__

~

~

I R23

(92)

~

~+50VF

I

(7)

~

~-50VF

I

I

[PtO

2.7

R24

2.7

-=

A5

Rl69
2o 7

-50VF

+ 158V

] MAIN

R22
IOOK

-

Rl25
47

R33
5110

..JW\

Cll

0.1

C7
.01

R26
IOOK

ca

.01

R28
3300

' '

R30
511

R29

3300

,

I

CRll

INPUT

DARLINGTON

AMPLIFIER

Q5A/Q7

I· I

REFER TO

SCHEMATIC

TABLE

FOR

I

SYMBOLS

CONVENTIONS

!-

INPUT

DARLINGTON

AMPLIFIER

CRl2

¢i

Q58/Q8

v

NOTES

ANO

R35
220

CIO

0.1

__J

-IV

_

t

50VF

R36
47K

CRl3

I

~

- I

-

0.3V

-7V
CRl5

R43

2610

-7o5V

R47
51

ol

OUTPUT

~

~

'"'

I I I

CASCODE

AMPLIFIER

Q55A

r-----,

I

VERT

LPOSITI0~

9

I

/Ql4

1

1

-=

CURRENT

SOURCE

-27V

R51
4320

~

14V

Cl3
Oo7-3 PF

00

R50
1100

R52
1000

I I J J I )

-50V

-

+50VF

09/QIO

t

Rl83
6190

CRl7

,----

(917)

R45
26!0

R7~

2500~

~

191

R46
392

LJ'.:~J

OUTPUT

CASCODE

®7

~

-

7.5V

CR20

AMPLIFIER

R31

4220

-

+50VF

R32
511

I

~R38

2000

VERT

"

GAIN

R39

909

-50VF

~

R37
47K

-fl

CRl4

R40
26olK

R41

26olK

COMMON

EMITTER

AMPLIFIERS

-0.3V

Ii

PHASE

SHIFT

-

-+-

I

R53
15K

LI

ADJ

R55
15K

240

L2

240

-

ov

-+158V

R54
15K

-

R56
15K

-

)~

I

1

I y

I I

~

(96)

I

----7

I

I~

(91)

1

reEAM

1

I FIND

S3

r-1

(}

LON

-

0

J

@3

r - -

-1

L

X~N!U~

J I

JI

Cl4
.01

Rl71

(5)

I

~.·7

~v

I

I

R57
IOOK

R59

IOOK

RSI
3300

I
I

I

I

I

-50VF

-

R66

~

f '

CR21

Cl6

sllo

ov

INPUT

DARLINGTON

AMPLIFIER

Ql6A/Ql8

I

I
I
I

I

Cle

0.1

R63
511

INPUT

DARLINGTON

AMPLIFIER

Ql6B/Ql9

ov

J

s

fr

Rl72
2o7

-=

R58
47

Cl5
.01

R60
IOOK

R62
3300

CR221

el

600

-IV

t

-50VF

R69
47K

CR23

R6

2500

CR28

OUTPUT

CASCODE

AMPLIFIER

(927)

~

(9HIJ'

(912

-

OUTPUT

CASCODE

AMPLIFIER

Q56B/Q26

-2.51/

Q56A/Q25

;-HOR"ii

j POSITION J

L---

p I

RBI

51.1

I

_,.,.,

~·v~•

-27V

I I f I )

R84
1100

~

~R83

4750

-=

+84V

-

-50VF

r

CURRENT

SOURCE

Q24

R85
15K

R87
15K

r4

~

L3
240

240

1331A
1331A

I

R86
15K

I - +158V

I

~R88

15K

t

X-Y

AMPL-

0-2A

·~

,r-

I
I

I (6)

_Jr-

Schematic, X-a

@3

REFERENCE

A5

C7-20
CRll-30
Ll-4
Q5,7-I0,13-16,18-

21,24-26,55,56

R22-4~4~45·74,

7~

78-88

9-172

DELETED:

R42,R44,

Q6,Qll,Ql2,Ql7,Q22,Q23

R75,R77

nd

Y-axis

~

DESIGNATIONS

CHASSIS

Jl,2

R6,7

S3

VR9-IO

183.184

Figure

Amplifi

8-11/8-1

8-12.

ers

2

Model 1331A

DC VOLTAGE

1.

Set

Model 1331A

STORE

........

INTENSITY...
PERSISTENCE.
POSITION

2.

Short

center

INPUT

connectors to

3. All voltages
All

indications

slightly.

WAVEFORM

Same

X

INPUT

MEASUREMENT

as

de

. . . . . . . . . . . .

MEASUREMENT

CONDITIONS

controls

.....

. .

........

...

............ ....

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ccw

(HORIZ

and

VERT) . . centered

of X INPUT, Y INPUT

shield

.

are

referenced to

are

nominal

chassis

and

CONDITIONS

measurement

conditions except:

ground

shield.

100 Hz. 2V p-p

wave

ov

as

.....

.......

may

to center.

follows:

. .

in

ccw

and

Z

ground.

vary

Apply

sine

ov

-5.BV

0.5

0.5

1

V/DIV

0.5

V/DIV
MS/DIV

MS/DIV

+10V

0.5

0.5

50

0.5

V/DIV
MS/DIV

V/DIV

MS/DIV

1331A/C-B-5

Figure8-ll.

Schematic4MeasurementConditions

and

Waveforms

r

I r,:;-, MAIN ASSY

PIO~

---=ii

z - AXIS

05

MPLI

054

FIER

Service

+

50V

z

INPUT

+:u:·:

'"

I I

I

'a.=-

C43I8.25

0.22

VR8

UF

Rl76

8250

-

+50V

'

AA.___-t_

Rl73

1

I

Rl79

120

t

-50V

IK

C

R32

1331A-Z-AXIS
1331A-C-2

CR31

Rl82

10 K

J

- -

AMP-

Schema

t

.

ic,

Figure

z-ax1s

.

8-14 .

Amplifier

8-1

3

Model 1331A

DC VOLTAGE

1.

S

et

Model 133

STORE ...
INTENSITY
PERSISTENCE.
POSITION

2.

Short

center

INPUT

3. A

A
sl

connectors to shield.

ll

vol

tages

ll

indications

ightly.

WAVEFORM M

Same

as

WRITE

........ ....

INTENSITY
Z

INPUT

MEASUREMENT

1A

controls

...........

.. .........

CONDITIONS

as

...

. .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ccw

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(HORIZ

and

VERT) . . centered

of X INPUT, Y INPUT

are

referenced to ch
are

nominal and

EASUREMENT

de

measurement

.........

............

. . . . . . . . . . . .

ground

assis

may

CONDITIO NS

conditions except:

............

dot

barely
shield.

2-ms, 770 Hz, 1 V p-p

pulse

to

follows:

...

in

CCW

and

gro

und.

vary

in

visible

Apply

center

Z

.

ov

Figu

0.5

0.5

re8-13.

V/DIV
MS/DIV

Schem

atic5Meas

uremen

tCondit

1

V/DIV

0.5

ions a

MS/DIV

1331A/C· B-6

nd Waveforms

Service

Model 1331A

1

2

3

4

A B

c

D

E

F

1

2

J

4

5

6

-50V

Circuit boards have
component
ing

from

holes. This

either

side

plated

permits
of

+50V

through

the

+12.sv

solder-

board .

REF

DESIG

R1
R2

GND

GRID

LOC

C-3

D-3

R2 R2

w

ccw

AG

5

6

8-14

Figure

8-15.

A6

Component

Locator

1331

A/C-A-7

Se

rvi

ce

+15BV

+12.sv~

SWITCH

,-B

ASSY.

SI

ERASE

S2

WRITE

I

S3

I

STORE

PUSHBUTTON

_J

____

0

0-

0-~--0

- - - -

-

!-

----\0

RI
IOK

ERASE

~::'..'.:._---/)

MODE

0

R2

IOK

>

(93)

•

®7

~®7

-g)-lli-@7

L

1A6 l STORE

1

TIME-

A_ss_v_-'Vl,/\,---'--'--7

cw

R2

IM

L_

_____

-----

-1

Pl

RI
75K

Pl

STORE

TIME

ADJ

p~-l--J-:/

A5J4

8

12

A5J4

@7
@7

I

14~®7

A5J4

I

I

REFERENCE

CHASSIS

R5

DESIGNATI

A6

Rl,2

1331A

ONS

Rl,2
Sl-3

CONTROL

1331A-C-t

AB

CIR

.

Schema

Figure

.

Control

t

ic, 8-15

8-1

Circuits

7.

Model

1331A

1

2

3

4

A

8

c

D

E

F

1

2

3

4

5

6

Circuit boards have plated through
component
ing from

holes . This permits solder-

either

side of

the

board .

AS

REF

DES

R1

R2
S1
S2
S3

5

6

GRID

IG

LOC

C-4
C-4
0-3
C-3
C-3

1331A/C-A-5

Figure

8-16.

AS

Component

Locator

Service

Model 133

1A

A

B

1 .

~

-~

2

1

I

r~

1

Ml~~R4

3

4

c

D

E

~~R·?~~c

~

''

~~

~·.··

- -_

"'"~-. .)

...

cR9~r-

--·

- •

c-,

_ - - _

~

=----

F11~~

·~t "~~

F

~

1

:~

--

'.

--

~

•

~,.

~1

-

t .

i!,

.

G

;~-,

.··

~

,,.

~

~

L

.ti~

-_--

LU"*'--"""'-·

~

H

....

~•

;2f

~---

I

I

....

·--

· • •

g:;;

&~"J

~ ~\g

:·,~

~

-

•

~ ~-

J

.L

~~-

a2s

r~~

lmlD

K L

..

1

=--

'llllil

~,~_

'.

"'

r,.t

~1,.._..

l

~_

,...._.

M

/ ' c-··· I 1 1

..,;

i.:

t··i,~

lf'.<

~

I 2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Circuit
component
ing

boards have plated through

from

holes. This

either

side

permits
of

the board.

solder-

A5

5

6

7

8

8-16

Figur

e 8-18. A5

Component

Locator

@:)

MAIN

ASSY

Rl28

22

Rl27

2.1

Rl29

2. 1

6®

-~D

ASP

-5ov-~-50VF

+5ov-~+50VF

1

I ..l C33

+158V-~

I I

6@--(i2 J4

-I

6@-

6®--<I( ' ' '

6

~

~----

I

I

~

ASPI

IJ4

®--<14( I

C25...L

0.11

UF-=

R101

-=

I

-

~

------...

ASP1

-<13(

""

------

I

(

· I

.

I

I

~

MOOE

INPUT

' ( I

J4

I

TO

Rl38

"'"

'"''"

I

"

+ 158V-

---0

6

'18'

~

NC

17 - = (

6

®

N

C-<15

..L

C3

4

J •0 2UF

I

.02UF

-=

+158VF

--L

~

t

+50VF

INVERTER

035

"

T T

Kl

+12.sv

•

RllO

IOK

TO

CR44

'VYY'

T l !OK _

=u

..,.

I

""'"

TA8lE

PULSE GENERATOR

-+12.sv

RI03
12

00

Rt04
100

l

'=" C28

Ritt
IOOK

ER

'""·""9

'

t

-

50V

031-034

C2S
470

--n-

33

-It

w

Rll3

100K

ASE

TIMI

"""

..

__ C35

..i

1

'

'='

'° SCHE

FOR

co

...

Rl05

ISK

"'

NG

Rl22
4S4

••m

•om

SYMBOlS

ANO

vENTIONS

CR33

-=

-=

+5ov

• •

Rl23
475K

""'

I

CR39

--

I

+12.sv

~

RIOS

tOK

-=

FLOOD

GATE

036

WRITE GATE

037

Rll5
IOOK

t

+12.sv

+12.sv

SWITCH

-1

+

12.sv

•

C27

1200

GUN

+50V

+

ERASE

052,039

'='

--

R51

JUNCTION

Rl24
IOK

+

12.sv

L5/K1n

R143
IOK

Rl25
IOK

t

C32

15

0

- •

Rl51

IOK

..

STORAGE

CR34

RIIS
IOK

RIIS
10K

Rl52
IOK

' I I

t

-50VF

GATE

.-:;(----,

I (5) 1

L

R18B

R144

2740

C30

1500

___..:

+50VF

25K

~

l

-=

'='

-=

Rl53
18K

CR52

Rl40

220

._

~

WRITE
DEPTH

ADJ

Rl31

,

1Se2K

+12.sv

R186

1000

Rl54

13K

C40

Rl87

47"

~

220

T

VR4

45e3V

Rl41

24e3M

t

+158VF

C4a

n

T T T T

r

STORAGE

ERASE

042-044

DEFLECTOR SWITCH

057-059

RIBB

1000

6

47UF

CR55

Rl55
150K

'='

CR47

+158VF

BLANKING

t

,....,

-.llilt---1•

CR42

+50VF

CR57

049

'----+----50V

AMPLIFIER

Rl42

~--50V

-50VF

VR5
14e7V

'='

-50VF

----+50VF

-50VF

+

Rl49

22l<

RISC

50K

'='

t

+158VF

Rl48
21e5K

t

Rl91

~@4

Rl56

CR48

IOK

Rl37
1000

t

Rl57

IOK

J2

-=

- ·

+ 1

'°'

I

G@::<•tk:J

r:;;::;.,

6

~

~

--------

.,

1

I

L__._

- -

t

2.sv

J

--

ULSECKTS-t243A

PARTS

ON

THIS

I A5 I

r

I I CR33- 52,55- 57

I

C24-42,45,

Kl

L5
0

31-51,57-5

R99-

132

159,I

VR4- 7

DE

LETED: Rl 67

4$

9
,134-149,15
Sl-168,185-191

--

SCHEMAT

1-

IC

-

+50VF

l331A-D-6

Schematic,

Figure

Pulse

7

8~

Circuits

8-17 /

8-1

19.

8

Model 1331A

I

REF

I GRID

DESIG

C1 I 0 -7
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
C7

ca G-5

C9
C10
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
C16
C17
C18
C19
C24
C25
C26
C27
C28
C29
C30
C31
C32
C33
C34
C35
C36
C37
C3ft
C39
C40
C41
C42
C43
C44
C45
C46
CR1
CR2
CR3
CR4
CR5
CR6
CR7
CRS
CR9
CR10
CR11
CR12
CR13
CR14
CR15

LOC

E-8
E-2
E-2
E-3
E-3
G-6

H-5
H-6
G-5
H-5
J-5
G-3
G-2
H-3
H-3
G-3
H-2
B-5
B-5
B-4
B-3
C-3

0 -4
E-5
E-5
C-5
E-7
E-7

0-5

0 -3

0 -4
B-4
E-4
B-7
C-6
E-7
1-7
J-7
J-7
J-6

0 -7 J1
C-7

0-7
C-2
C-2
C-2
C-2

0-2

0 -2

0 -2
G-5
G-5
H-4
H

-4

H-4

REF

I

DESIG

CR15 I H-4
CR16
CR17
CR18
CR19
CR20
CR21
CR22
CR23
CR24
CR25
CR26
CR27
CR28
CR29
CR30
CR31
CR32
CR33
CR34
CR35
CR36
CR37
CR38
CR39
CR40
CR41
CR42
CR43
CR44
CR45
CR46
CR47
CR48
CR49
CR50
CR51
CR52
CR55
CR56

CR57
F1

J2
J3

J4

K1

L1

L2
L3
L4
L5

01
02
03
04
05

GR

LOC

H-4
H-5
H-5
1-5
1-6
G-3
G-2
H
H-2
H-2
H-2
H-2
H-2
1-3
1-3
J-7
K -8
B-4
E-4
E-5
B-6
B-2
0-6

C-5

0-5
E-3
C-3
E-3

E-4
C-4
C
C-6

E-6

B-6
C-6

0
C-5
J-6

1-6

1-6
E-2
G-8

K-6

F-2 R1 C-7

L
A-6

K-6
J-4

K-3

K-2

B-3

B-8

0
C
C-2

H-6

-6

-4

-2

-2

-5

-7

ID

•

REF

DESIG

07
08

09
010
013
014
015
016
018
019
020
021
024
025
026
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045
046
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059

R2
R3
R4
R5
R6
R7
RS
R9
R10
R11
R1

2 C-2

R1

3 0 -2

I

GR

LOC

IH-6

H-5

H-4
H-5
M-3
J-6
J-4
H-3

H-3
H-3
H-2

H-2

L-2
J-3
J

B-4

A-4

B-3
A-3
C-4
B-4
B-6
0-4

0-5
B-6
0 -4
B-6
B-5
B-3
C-4
B
B-3
C-6
0 -6
C-6
B-6
0 -5
J-7

K-8
1-5
1-2
J-7
J-6
1-6

C-7
C-7
C-8
0 -7
0-7
0 -7
0 -7
E-7
E-7

C-2

ID

-2

-3

REF

I

DESIG LO C

R14
R15
R16
R17
R18
R19
R20
R21
R22
R23
R24
R25
R26

R27
R28
R29
R30
R31
R32
R33
R34
R35
R36
R37
R38
R39
R40
R41
R43
R45
R46
R47
R48
R49
R50
R51
R52
R53
R54
R5

5
R56
R57
R58
R59
R60
R61
R62
R63
R64
R65
R66
R6

7
R68
R69
R70
R71
R72

GR

ID

R73

10

-2

E-2

R74

0 -2

R76

0

-2

R78

F-2

R79
0 -2 RSO
E

-3

R81
E-3

R82

G-6

R83
H-6

R84
H-6

R85

G-4

R86

G

-6

R87

G-5

R88

G-6 R
G-5

R100

G-5

R101
1-6

R102

R103

H-6
G

-5

R104

H-6

R105

H-6

R106

H-6

R107

H-5

R108
1-5

R109
1-4

R110
1-4

R111
1-4

R112

H-4

R113

1

-5

R114
1-6

R115
1

-6

R116

1-6

R117

L -3

R118

L -3

R119

L -3

R120

L-3

R121

R122

K-6

K-6

R123

K-4

R124

K-4

R125

G-3

R126

G-2

R127

G-3

R128

G-2

R129

G-2

R130

G-2

R131

G -3

R132

1

-3

R134

H-3

R135

G-3

R136

H-3

R137

H-3

R138

H-3

R139

R140

H-3
1-2

R141

1-2

R142

REF

DESIG

99

I GRID

LOC

11

-2
1-1
1-1

H-3

1-3
1-3

1-3

L-2
L-3
L-2
K-3
K-3
K-2
K-2

B-5
B-5
B-5
B-5
B-4
B-4
B-4
B-3
B

-3
B-3
B-3
0-4
C-3
0-4
C-4
C-4
E-5
0-4
E-4
C-5
E-5
E-6
0-6
C-4
0 -5
C-5
0-5
0-6
F-8
E-7
E-7
0 -3
E-4
0-3
E-3
0 -3
0-3
E

-3

B

-6
B-6
B-5
B-6
B-5

REF

DESIG

R143
R144
R145
R146
R147
R148
R149
R151
R152
R153
R154
R155
R156
R157
R158
R159
R161
R162
R163
R164
R165
R166
R167
R168
R169
R170
R171
R172
R173
R174
R175
R176
R177
R178
R179
R180
R181
R182
R183
R184
R185
R18
R187
R188
R189
R190

R191
SCR1
VR1
VR2
VR3
VR4
VAS
VR6
VR7
VAS
VR9
VR10

6

I GRID I

LOC

I0-4

C-4
C-4
C-4
C-3
C-3

E-5
C-5
C-5

C-6

C-6

C-6

E-6

E-6

E-6

0-6

B-7

B-6

0 -5

0-6

E-6
C-6

B-5

0-5

H-6
G-4

H-4

H-1

L -1

L -1

L-7

1-7

K -7
J

-7
1-7
K

-7
K -7
L -7
1-5
1-3
1

-7

1-7

J-6
J-6

1-6

J-6

1-6
E-2

C-7

B-

7

E

-3
B-5
B-5

C-3

B-6
1-6
H-5
H-2

Figure 8-

18. A5 Compon

ent Locato

r (

Cont

1331A/C-R-14

'd)

Model 1331A

Service

.

I /

I I

1V

0

......

. . .
INTENSITY
PERSISTENCE

POSITION

INPUT

(X,Y,

...............

(HORIZ

and

/

I /

20

USEC/DIV

2V/DIV

TEST

CONDITIONS

..............

. .

...........

and

Z)

...

,

I

I

.

..........

.

................

.. . .............

VERT) .....

. .

........

....

.......

..

0

..

.

.

'--

- -

20

0.5V/DIV

WRITE

.

ccw

.

CCW

centered

shorted

\

.....

USEC/DIV

OV

~MAIN

-50V

+

50V

1

'

+l58V-~+158VF

I

6®-

~D

A6Pt : + 33.

6 @ -

12

J4

(6)

6@-~,(

6

{,;:-,

®--<14/ -

6

6 @ -~ (

6@-

6

6

I

I Mode

@)

-

-<'<---

A6P1

I

I

A6P1

I

NC

-<t3

,

~

(

I

NC-<15

~

I

I

A6PI

1 J4

@--<·t-r

@--<

f.---J

I

I

I

L___

+--.14~.

J4

4

J

ER

J4

Rl

26

IOK

I

/"

0

ASSY

Rt28

22

_,.

.,,..

Rt27

2. 1

-

y•

Rl29

2. 1

SV

+ 16.4V /\:

7_

V-.----.----"'N".---t

~

.~I

~~o~

UF-

MOOE INPUT

I

TO

Rl38

ASE INPUT'

+12 e

-+

50V

~

I

"

20

USEC/DIV

0.5V

/DIV

I

C3:

-50VF

J .

02UF

1 +

50VF

I

:gz'u,

'='

t

+

50VF

INVERT

ER

035

ov

ti

' I , , .. -u !

6V

~

CR37

Kl

J

/

I

r

r

lo'

+12.6

V

R110

I

OK

+ 6.

4V

TO

C

R44

l

1~

~

uls

Ec1<TS-t2'1A

PARTS ON T

C24-42,4
CR33-!52, !5-

Kl

~~t-!51,!57

R99-

159,16

V

R4-7

~--

DELETED: R

-

~

1

I

PULSE GENERATOR

+1

2.sv

RASE

TIMING

R38,CR39,

-i:rv

CR38

Ill

-50

-

l: SCHEMATIC

,46

!57

9

132,I

4-149,151-

-168,18!5-19t

-+-

-----'

"7

031-034

Rt23,

ov

I

C35

Rl22

464

C3!5

1!5UF

/,__

I

0

WRITE GATE

+ 0.1V l

+ !50V

I

~

··--l

>-

v-

20

USEC/DIV

1V/DIV

+12.61/

I

RI06

IOK

FLOOD

GATE

036

037

Rt1!5
tO

OI<

t

+12e6

V

+t2.6V

I

I

-!50VF

/-

I

,__

r

~

+ 12.sv

I

GUN

+ !50VF

I

CR!5t

...

R1!58
100K

+12.6

RIOS~

Rl!59

47K

JUNCTION-~

L5/K1

R130

I

OK

1/

t

Rl43

IOK

C32

150

Rt24

IOK

Rl2!5

IOK

+t2.6V

R65

1001<

0

I

I

+0.3V

BLANKIN

GA

TE

048

ov

20

USEC/DIV

1V/DIV

CR52

,-~

~~~

~~-..~~~~.-~~~

~~~~

- 31V

Rl39

t33K

t

-501/F

__

,_

• •

Rl19

IOK

Rt86

1000

+0.1V

OR

DRIVER

- + !50VF

Rt45

2000

- + 12e6V

+t2.6

R187

220

1

1300

V

I

n-'-

c

C38

IC

• 1• •

C'o6

+ !50VF

+64.SV

,.,

CR46

CR45

FLOODGUN

SWITCH

04!5-047

DEFLECT

Rl88

1000

UF

47

CR!5!5

Rl!5!5
1501<

t

CR47

~<

.......,

STO

RAGE

GATE

R144

2720

+12.sv-

--'VV'

CR34

G

C30

1200

14

f

I~

COL

LIMAT

+ 147V Q!50,051 I eOIUF

~-+158VF

Rl64

~

Rt66

47K

,..,......,.....,~............,1~+3V

20

USEC/DIV

1V/DIV

*

Rl 4 2

41s

o I

"""---50V

VRO

14

.71/

-sor

Rl49

22

CR42 0 l

C

R43

•I

I I I

Rl36

88.1K

t

-50VF
C36-

0.1UF I

Rt
2

-!50VF

-

AMPLI~~

+ .

CR48

+50VF

~

Rl!56

~!OK

Q49

1~

I

t

+l!i8VF

R146

IOOK

~-+12.sv

+0.1V

OR

SWITCH

Q57-Q!59

------~-@4

BLANKING

.L

C

42

-:

.-~-<.-

I

CR!57

--~

K

~

+158VF

-+

48

1.!5K

-!50V

_j

FL

ooo I

GUN

GRID

ADJ

C39

I

.02UF

I )

CR

44 (9451('.;\3

!50VF

J

R1!57

IOK

,.I

~@

I

_j947)f6\3

?-\::!.)

F0

I

~®

I

A3Pl0

10).

I

A6PI

II>--

I

)~®

I

[l]

4

NC

3

3

3

3

13311A-B-2

Figur

e 8-20.

Write Mode Troubleshooting Guide

8·19/ 8·20

Model 1331A

Performance Check

I

I

'

50

USEC/DIV

0.5V/

0

I I I I I I I I r I I

0

v

v

t1i

TEST

Mode........

INTENSITY .. ...............

PERSISTENCE
POSITION
INPUT (X, Y,

(HORIZ

DIV

50

USEC/DIV

1V/DIV

/..,

v

v

20

USEC/DIV

1V/DIV

CONDITIONS

. . . . . . .

.....

.. .. . . .

and

and

Z)

...

/

,..v

. . . ......... STORE

......

VERT) ...

.............

OV

ov

/

+

1V

. .... . .

. . . ......

....

. . . . ccw

..

.

centered

..

shorted

.

0

CCW

50

USEC/DIV

1V/DIV

~ov

~MAI

-sov -

1 +50V -

1

+t5ev-~

1

6®-~D

6@-~2

@

6

6 @ -

~

6~--<··,

6@-

6

@-<·t-r

6

I

A6P

I I

J4

-~

~

I

1

--<

( I I I

A6Pt IJ4

A6Pt

NC

-<

13

~

(ERA

I J 4

N C

-<15

~

Rl26

IO

I

I

A6PI I J4

@---<

'

~

I

I

I

L__

SE INPUT '

+1sev -

K

N

ASSY

Rl28

22

d I C3: -

Rt27

2. 1

y~

R\29

2. 1

+16.4V

C25 ..L R101

~~J

t5K

MOOE INPUT

TO

Rt38

----o

+12. 6V

-+50V

50

USEC/DIV

1V/DIV

0

50V

F

J • 0 2UF

1 +

50V

F

I

~

~iu

F

-=

+

1sev

F

~

~·

CR37

+12.sv

R11

IOK

+50VF

INVERTER

035

+ 0.6V

'- f , Rl

"'

r

J

I Kl

J

I

0

+ 0.1V

TO

C

R44

ulsECKTS-IH3

PAR

~

~~;~~

~;t-51,57,

R99-132,t 3 - t 49,15

V

R4-7

~---

D

ELETED'.

PµLSE GENE

-1 - I

1

21

t

~

20

•

-50V

TS

ON THI SCHEMATIC

A

2~;·~~57

5

6t-

68,1 85-191

f---~

Rl6

1-

159,t

031-0

[

~

RATO

R

34

Rt

05

IBK

/'."?•

+ 50V + 12.

I I

50
1V/DIV

+12.sv

Rt06

!

FLOOD G

GA

WRI

TE

GAT

037

+10.6V

t

+ 12.

6V

6V

-1

,

USEC/DIV

A

OK

~

+ 12. sv

I

UN

TE

036

E

Rt

t5

tOOK

.

...

..

I

-50VF

I +

15

BVF - ·

+ 50VF

I

Rl58
IOOK

r-

+12.sv

CR5t

C R 40~

47 K

.• --

JUNCTION-~

L5 / Kt

Rl30

IOK

t

R143

IOK

I I

C32

...L

ts a r

R124

IO

K

+0.7V

Rt25

IOK

+t2. 6 V

+0.6V

BLANKING +

IOO

K

"" ...

-~

" " '"""

50

USEC/DIV

10V/DIV

0

C

R52

~~

-..~-.~~-.

~:~

- 31V

Rt39

133K

-

50V

F S

+ 0.6V

STORAGE

GATE

R144

272

+12.sv - - +12.sv

0

0

-50VF

Rl4 5

2000

~~~~.-~~~.-~

Rl 34

1

500

C3B

C

R46

1300

C

R45

TORA
E

RASE

Q42- Q

- 14.

GE

44

CR41

1'0

FLOODG

UN

CR34 12

I 1

1111

t

Rtt8

IOK

~

E • .

~

C30

R119

00

IO

I~

6V

1

+ 6.

Rt8 6

K

+t2. 6 V

000

SV

Rl87

- +

I

n..L

220

'

+ 0.

~

C

OLLIM

Q50,Q

~

+

15B

- "°'

VF

°'"

" - !""®3

'"

R

l66

47K

- +

50V

F

SWITCH

04

5-0

12

. 6V

c°'ci'47U

50V

.,,

47

DEFLECTOR SWIT

Q57- Q59

Rt

88

tOOO

F

CR55

Rl55
t5

0 K CR47

F I

t

""

50

USEC/DIV

10V

0

7V

t

+158VF

Rl46

tO

OK

rt?.

BLANKI

I

~

/ DI V

Rl

42

41

so

---<~WY

~-

VR5

-5

t4

.7V

Rt49 GRID

22

CR4 2

CR43

+ 4.

1V

Rl35
33K

~

CH

CR57

.-..-~---·-@4

NG

049

+ 3.5

Rt36

88.tK

I

- 50 VF

C

36

~

o.

tu

F I

t

\J

Rl

2t . 5K

t

-50V

F

-

MPLIFIER J 2

A

+14V

CR48

~

~~~

+50V

F J 11

=

- -

----i

-50V

0V

• FLOO

K ~ A

I

F I

D

GUN

DJ

~)

C39

I

.02

UF I

~

I

v •••11

l"-

@

'.,V

f6\

3

3

1

~0

3

I

+ 1!>8V F

- +

50VF

---....,

1

~®

48

-·ov

6

__J

R157

I

OK

,.I

.d

3

I

I

A3Plf,\

3

•Or 0,J

i

.lll':Pt

>--N

C

I [I]

' 7

1331A-B-3

Figure 8-2

St

ore Mode Troubleshooting Guide

8-2118-22

1.

Model 1331A

~

0.1

SEC/DIV

1V/DIV

0

0. 1

SEC/DIV

10V/DIV

Service

I

I

I

I

I
I
I

->--

0. 1
1V/DIV

~

SEC/DIV

,_

-ov

I I

0

0.2

SEC/DIV

1V/DIV

~ ~

1:

._;

-

0
2V/DIV

I

I

.2

SEC/DIV

r

-ov

0

"-..!

I

I

0.2

SEC/DIV

5V/DIV

-ov

111

0

I/

!IA

1111111

0.2

SEC/DI

5V/DIV

I

-ov

I

I

J

0

0

.2

SEC/

5V/DIV

DIV

-ov

l--+-

0

+--+--

0.2

+--+--+--

SEC/DIV

1V/DIV

---------~

+-+-.+--1-'0V

~

1--t--

t--t--t--t--t--

0.2
5V/DIV

iii

1.

Set

Model 1331A:

WRITE

INTENSITY .................

PERSISTENCE
POSITION
INPUT

2.

Set

monitor

waveform.

3.

Press

t--t--t--+-

SEC/DIV

TEST

..............

(HORIZ

(X,Y,

and

oscilloscope

and

quickly release ERASE.

0.2

SEC/DIV

10V/DIV

~

ov

0.2
10V/DIV

~

CONDITIONS

.

..............

. . ..

.................. .

and

VERT) . . .

Z)

. .

...........

as

indicated

-ov

I I

sEc

.

.. ..

....

..

.

.... . .

unl:ler

I I

~

1p1v

1

..

...

..

.

..

.

1

entered

shorted

~~~~-

~

1ii

~~r

'

_L

_,_

0.2

SEC/DIV

10V/DIV

I I I +s5v

.

In

ccw
ccw

each

-

·~

,,___,___._..____,

-ov

~---------

~MA

IN

ASSY

R128

...

22

w I C3:

-.50V

l

Rl27

2. 1

-

y•

+ .50V

1

I I

+1.581/-

1 + .50VF

Rl

29 =

2.7

~

I

6®-

~D

A6Pt I

6

@-~2

6@-~ ~------k

6@- -< ' RIOO

6 @ -

6

tie"

~

6@-~·(

6

@-<·t-r-

6

@-<f--J

I

I

I

A6PI l

-<t4/J4

I

-

.!!l.(

( M

A6PI

I,.

NC

-<13

I

J•

NC-<IO

~

I

A6P1

I J4

I

'

I

'--

J4

coz.~I

~~o~

UF=

INV

OO

E INPUT

I

TO

Rl38

ERASE

1NPur

l

' I I I N •I I

----0

+12.6

V

-+

50V

Rl26

>OK

+158 V-

.02UF

~g;

U F

1000

+.50VF

ERTER

03'

..

-50V

+ 1.58VF

c

I

- - - -

---

All

F

cated,

;:~BK

+12.6V

RllO

IOK

II

;;.,._

CR

37

r

J

- -

-----

Note

points

TO

CR

I

uLs£cK

where

same

R103

1200

CR38,CR39,

44

~b~o

Rl21 l

20K

-50V

TS-1243A

PARTS

ON THIS SCHEMATIC

C2

4-42,45,

CR33-52,55-57

Kl

~~t-51,57,59

R99-132,134-t49,151-

159,

t6t-168

VR

4-7

~------~

DELETED: Rl

voltage

as

for write mode.

PULSE GENER

Q31-Q34

-

+12

.sv

C26

CR33

470

R104

1

00

C2

33

RIH
IOOK

ERASE

A5

46

67

8

Rll3

IOOK

--

, 185-191

TIMING

Rt23,

'.J

(

Rt0.5

18K

C35

or waveform

ATOR

WRITE GATE

+

50V + 12.6V

I I

Rt23

4

7K

-1 .

+t

2. 6V

RI

06

I

OK

.,_

__________

FL

OOD

GUN

GATE

036

037

Rt15

tOOK

t

+t2.6V

ERASE

SWITCH

....

I

-50VF

I + I08

Rt42

--~

r--+1

+-...,

--...,--------

C38

C

R46

1300

;,

I( I 141

Rl4

.5

C

200

0

I

Rt19 I

!OK

12.6V

+12.6V

I

+50VF
+50VF

+ 8VF I

R4.5

Rt55

t

FL

SWITCH

045

DEFLEC

t50K

I · - - +12.

OODGUN

-04

7

TOR SWIT

057-059

CR47

CR

41

R146

100K

CH

/.'?

~

+

12.sv

0

I

+50VF

Rt58

tOOK

not

I

CR51

".l

-~

Rt30

•O"K

_______

BLANKIN

GA

OR

Rl38

- .50VF

STORA

GATE

+12.

sv

OR34

I 14 '

Rl

l6

IOK

G

TE

O·

048

~-

R139

1331(

*°'

GE

R144

2720

-

-..J\,I.,

1

C30

1200

IC

' h t - +

* +

50VF

CO

LLIMATOR D IVER :,;i1iF

050,00I

JUNCLT67~

indi-

.,.._..,

+12.6

Y I

t

Rt43

RIOS~

•OK

R65

>OOK

COLLI

~

~

MAT

1.

AOJ

~

Rl66

VF

-·

47K

- +

SOV

F

4~75

'l'-

----<

,_'.

;:0>_

-

V

R5

t4.7V

-

.50.F FLOOD

Rt49 GUN

22K

R18

C

.50K C39

I

-.50VF

sv

~

---

Rl48

21.5K

t

-50V

F

CR57

t I I I

CR48

~

~~

5

0 VF

+

~

~

-.50V

GRID

~

A

DJ

= I

.02UF

~

+l

.58VF

- +

.50V

F

..,

6

R

l57

!OK

J41 AJ:DI

.•

_J

I

~Blt;QI

3

~

I

l.j

947l{;\

3

J'-

\.V

~

(-;\

3

r--0

I

1

~®

3

I

A3Pt

)10).-@

3

I

II>--

NC

I

(916) ®3

r-

8

I

llJ

Erase

Function

Troubl

1331A-8-1

Fig

ure 8-22.

eshooting

Guide

8-23

( •

Model

conform

l331A/Option

to Picker-Nuclear Specification

SPECIFICATION

Vertical

and

Deflection Factor:

Vertical: 2.64 V
Horizontal: 3.3 V

Z-Axis

Amplifier

Offset:

sity

INTENSITY

trol
at Z INPUT
setting

HEWLETT

MODEL

X-Y

H72

is

a standard

CHANGE.

Horizontal Amplifiers

for

for

-1

V;

Z-axis

INPUT

or blanked with

turns

varies

turns

beam

beam

from
off

off.

.

j1

PACKARD

1331A/OPTION

DISPLAY

HP

Model
A010811

8 division

10

division

open

INTENSITY

With

cut-off

beam

current

deflection.

(or

at 0 V)

full

+l

to

full

H72

1331A

X-Y

Display modified to

and

Specification

deflection.

gives

cw.

Full

ccw

Vat Z INPUT,

intensity.

regardless

of

A011058.

beam

at

rotation

INTENSITY

A

-1

INTENSITY

low

inten-

of
con-

V signal

control

Deflection Blanking:

position;

circuit

ameter.

Cathode-Ray

Tube

Storage Parameters:

Remote

Erase:

to erase Tine.

Remote

Minimum

sistence

line

MODIFICATIONS.

X-Axis

and

Y-Axis

Deflection Factor
standard instrument manual.
3-1

explain the

method
vide desired deflection
the changes required, Table 1 in

....

0

0

0

I

components
factor

used

on

.

';'

~----~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~---'

HEWLETT-PACKARD

COMPANY

1900

GARDEN

>

10

divisions

recovery time

Initiated

by

Persistence:

in

WRITE

Paragraph 3-26, figure 3-4,

whereby

factors.

assembly

OF

THE

Al

GODS

of

deflection

<2

µsec to within

applying logic level 1 (high

Initiated

by

from

undeflected

one

spot

di-

TTL

grounding remote per-

mode.·

Change:

input attenuation

Because Table

this

Refer to Section

is

3-1

manual

supplement

and
changed
does

not specify

lists

III

Table

to pro-

in the

the

to achieve a 0.33 V/div deflection

Page

ROAD, COLORADO

SPRINGS ,

COLORADO

, U.

level)

l of 8

S.

A.

Model

1331A/Option

H72

Z-Axis

Offset:

ponent

is

changed

To

dicated in Table 1.

Deflection Blanking,

Program

of the

Board

above

A4

functions

figure 1. Figure 2

A

high-intensity

repetitive

storage
lowest level compatible with ambient
light

Rear

Panel
rear
and

Connector: A special 4-pin connector (J4)

panel assembly. Signals

Remote

Minimum

nector in the following

achieve the desired

on

the Z-Amplifier/HV board. This change

Remote

is

Erase,

designed for

is

contained

is a component

-1 V Z-axis

Remote

this

on

locator

Minimum

Persistence: A special

instrument.

this

board

for

CAUTION

spot or continuously

trace

mesh.

will

Keep

INTENSITY

burn

the

CRT

at

the

conditions.

for

Deflection Blanking,

Persistence functions are applied to

manner.

offset,

Circuitry

and

this

board.

is

only

is

shown

mounted

Remote

this

one

is

in-

for

in

on

Erase,

con-

com-

each

the

TEST

PROCEDURE.

The

operating

may

be

used to check performance

and

service

special instrument except for
Z-Axis

lined

intensity

below

to

limit

make

Before attempting

ment

blanking

and

J4

Connector Pin Functions

Pin

1 Erase
2
3
4

X,

manual

X-Axis

and

gain adjustments. Follow the procedures out-

Y,

and

Z-Axis

Ground
Minimum
Deflection Blanking

for the standard instrument (Section

and

make
and·Y-Axis

adjustments.

NOTE

to

adjust

under

apply

test,

program

+2 V de

ground
connection, J4, pin 4,

to Z

Function

Persistence

necessary adjustments to

deflection

the

instru-

factors,

deflection

INPUT.

V)

this

and

Model

1331A/Option

H72

X-Axis

a.
b.

and

Y-Axis

Apply
Adjust

c. Adjust

horizontal

d.

Remove
INPUT.

e. Repeat steps b

adjust.

f.

Remove

Z-Axis

Adjustments.

a. Adjust
b.

Disable high voltage

voltage.

c.

Note
full

that

range
d. Disconnect
e.

f.

Note
Reapply

put

that

above

Attenuator Adjustment.

2.5 V p-p,
AlC44
X-Axis

10

kHz

to eliminate

Gain

adjustment

deflection.

square-wave

square-wave

Intensity

from

and

c,

adjusting

from Y INPUT.

Limit as in manual.

oscillator,

INTENSITY

(+l

V to

+2 V de

INTENSITY

+5

V.

controls gate output over
+43

from Z INPUT.

control cannot

+2 V to Z INPUT,

square-wave

tails

to

X-Axis

to

X-Axis

on

dots.

give 7.57 divisions

and

apply to

AlC45

and Y Gain

monitor gate output

V).

raise

gate out-

enable high voltage

INPUT.

Y-Axis

its

oscillator.

Tests for

Program

Functions. (Instrument

1. Deflection Blanking.
Ground

a.

by

front

b.

c.
d.

Apply
Check

back

Apply

signal >
that

on

square-wave of 0 V

e. Increase output of square-wave generator slowly to

250

kHz.

f.

Observe
frequencies
the spot as
does

not appear to

g.

Remove

2.

Remote

Erase.

a. Apply>
b.

Note

that

Remove

c.

J4,

pin

4.

Note

that

panel

controls.
+2 V de < +5 V de

front

panel controls cannot

screen.

-

that

spot

up

to

trace

moves

250
is

less

kHz.

deflect~d,

move.)

input to J4, pin 4.

+2

V <

+5

CRT

of

input to

V to

instrument under

J4,

J4,

pin 1.

is

operational.)

spot

~an

be

to pin 4.

move

to+ 2 V, 1 kHz

than

(A

tail

one

spot diameter

will

but the spot

pin 1.

test

is

positioned

trace

to J4, pin 4.

at

be

seen

on

itself

erased.

P

a9e 3 of

8

3.

Remote

Minimum

Persistence.

Model

l331A/Option

H72

GENERAL.

Table l
modifications.

strument manual.
Figure 2

figure l
Amended

and

service

instrument.

a. Put instrument in
b.
c.

Ground
Note

pin 3 of

that

instrument

WRITE

J4

remote connector.

operation.

lists

is
is a component

replaceable

Make

appropriate changes to Table 6-2 in the standard

parts

a schematic of the

locator

deleted, changed, or

circuits

for

to include information in

manual

for

the standard instrument will apply to

mode.

goes

to

the board.

this

minimum

added

manual

persistence

added

to

make

these

in-

to

Program

board

A4,

and

supplement, the operating

this

special

Encl:

1331A

sbm/12-74

Manual

P

aqe

4 of 8

Model

l331A/Option

H72

Action

Delete
Change

Change

Change

Change

Ref.

MPlO

Al

A2

A4

MP9

Desig.

HEWLETT~

Table

HP

Part

5060-0728

1.

Replaceable

No.

.

01331-66530

to

01331-93130*
01331-66533

to

01331-93135*
01331-66534

to

01331-93127*
01331-00216

to

01331-93129*

TQ

2

l

1

1

l

PACKARD

Parts

Description

Chassis

Mounted

Foot, half-module

Main

A:

A:

Z Amplifier/HV board assembly

Program

A:

Panel

board assembly

board assembly

assembly,

rear

Parts

Change

Change

Add

Add
Add

MP14

Vl

J4

WlO
Wll

01331-02201

to

01331-93027*

5083-2591

to

5083-2593

* 1

01331-93133*
01331-93134*

3 .

1

l
1

Bezel,

CRT,
J:

CRT

selected

Connector, 4-pin,

#2504

Coaxial,

W:
W:

Coaxial,

FP

red

Yell

Switchcraft

ow

....

0

0

0

I

>

I

"'

*

Orde1

HEWLETT-PACKARD

direct

from

COMPANY

tp

C~lorado

1900

GARDEN

Splings f ivision specifying use

OF

THE

GOOS

ROAD, COLORADO

SPRINGS ,

in

Model

COLORADO,

l331

Ootion

U. S. A .

P

age

A/

H72

5 of 8

Model

1331A/Option

H72

Action

Add
Add

Change

Change
Add
Add

Change

Ref.

Desig.

AlC43
AlC44
AlR3
AlR33
AlR200
A1R201

A2Rl5

.

to

to

to

HEWLETT~

HP

Table

Part

1.

Replaceable

No.

0121-0060
0121-0060
0757-0044
0757-0044
0757-0855
0757-0855

0757-0460

PACKARD

TQ

(Modify

C:

2

C:
R:
R:
R:

2

R:

(Modify

R:

Parts

Assemblies with

parts

Al

board as
Var

Cer

Var

Cer

fxd

metflm 33.l k

fxd

metflm 33.l k

fxd

metflm 68.l k

fxd

metflm 68.l k

parts

A2

board as
fxd

metflm 61.9 k

Description

Mounted

list

for

shown)

2 - 8
2 - 8

list

pF
pF

for

shown)

standard

ohms
ohms
ohms
ohms

1 % 1
1 % 1
1 % 1
1 % 1

standard

ohms

1%

Parts

/2W
/2W
/2W
/2W

l/8W

Add
Add

Add
Add

Add

A4C8
A4CR4

thru
A4CR7
A4Q8
A4R37

thru
A4R39
A4Sl

0160-3443

1901-0040
1854-0071

0757-0283
0490-0932

1

4
1

3

(Modify

A4

C: f xd

CR:
Q:

R:
S:

parts

board as

list

shown)

cer 0.1

Si

30

V max.,

Si

npn,

fxd

PD-300

metflm

Relay, reed, 0.25 A

12

V coil .

µF

2000

for

standard

200

wVdc

VRM,
mW,

FT-200

ohms,

50

mA

MHz

1%

l/8W

28 V cont.,

....

0
0

0

I

>

I

...

HEWLETT-PACKARD

COMPANY

1900

.

GARDEN

OF

THE

GODS

ROAD,

COLORADO

SPRINGS,

COLORADO

, U. S. A .

r.w0

Ii

0f

n